SRIPATIPADDHATI TRANSLATED INTO ENGLISH WITH NOTES AND A SAMPLE HOROSCOPE WORKED OUT
BY
Panditabhushana: V. SUBRAHlV1ANYA SASTRI,
B.A.
Asst. Secretary to tlu Go'll. of lIfysore eRettn'd) AND Translator of BnhatJalaka, Jatakapanjata, Phulac1ccpika, elc.
-----
Revised and Enlapged.
(Copyright Reglstere(l)
PlaNTED 13Y V. B. SOOI.l131AII AND SON:>, D'>.NGALORE
1937
[Price Rs. 2-12
~O.
OO}J'ie::; of lhis uouh cwn 7w harZ
0./:-
Panditabhushana V. SUBRAHMANYA SASTRI, B.A.
50, 3rd Cross Road, Basavangudi P.O, BANGALORE,
PREFACE '1'0 THE
FJRST EDITiON.
1'0 calculate correctly the strength of the several significator~ which IS very essential for it right understandIng and determination of the e:rr:'I;:::l
iv
PREFACE
It has therefore been rightly laid down in the following PJ'r'fi (Sloka) that that 31r~;;:P:r (Ayurdaya) should be investigated which would accord with the strongest sigmficator of the lot-the seven planets and the Lagna:-
.."
..
qu~
...,......
+rA'T
.!\ ..... ,...."
+rT+r
~
......
~
.
......
.....
r'H1il!:j'+rqE'~qaT ~T~~:;r ~r+J~i!i ~"
~
....
r+!~r!OT'1H<:\a+r~«'~u
I
1!{
It thus behoves the student to ascertain the relative strengths of these significators first and foremost. The necessity therefore for the study of a treatIse like that of our author stands patent. In tl'ansbtmg amI annotatmg the book, I have mainly relied on the Benares Edition of the Text and (9"5r~'f.6{f~:9~) BaJ1a\aknshin Daivagna's commentary. I have also derived large help from the commentary of R9r'fi<::~~ (Dl wakara Daivagna) on (~~Cf~"Cf~) Kesava Daivagna's Ci[(f'fitf:[m- (Jataka Paddhatl) and not scrupled to quote freely in places from that commentary. I cannot be sufficIently grateful to Dr. V. V. Ramana Sastri, M.A., PH.D., F.Z.s., F.R.A.S., etc., for his many valuable suggestions. The book is not without faults and imperfections. tions for Improvement will be thankfully receIved.
Bangalore City, 1. J 24th April I9I9.
V.
SUll'ges-
SUBRAHMANYA SASTRI
PREFACE TO THE
PRESENT EDITION.
The encouraging receptiun of the last edition is responsible for this revised edition of the Sripatipaddhati. Sripati appears to have lived in the first half of the eleventh century A. D. He was a Brahmin descended from the sage Kasyapa: his grand-father was Nagadeva. Snpati was a reputed mathematician, an astronomer whose opinions wele said to have been held in great respect even by Bhasl ara, and author of about nine treatises mcluding ~rqifr
In the present edition, for the sake of convenience and facility of study and reference. the note on each sloka is given after the translation of the verse itself, instead of being given separately at the end as in the previous edition: the explanations have been fuller and more comprehensive. The slokas of Ff,~I"IqWd (Kesava. paddhati), a remarkable and highly-valued work on the subject, have been quoted in their entirety in their appropriate places, it being considered that Kesava's views and exposition of ~fFr (]atakapaddhati) would enhance the value and usefulness of tIllS work. Additional explanations ha:ve been added to illustrate the text.
·
PREFACE
Vi
My eSieemed friend, Mr. Robert De Luce of Los Angeles, America, himself a well-known scholar and (luth:)r of several works on Astrology, has kindly furmshed me with a short summary of these chapters which I have lhe greatest pleasure In inserting as an AppendiX. The relcler Will agree that the resume is simple, clear aad terse and helpful to 'beginners.
If the present edItIon sh~uld enable the ordmary reader correctly to appraise the comblaed strength of the pl&.nets for any particular POlOt
of time, I should consider myself amply rewarded.
l
50, 3rcl Cross [{oad, Basavangudl, Bangalore_ j 6th S("pternber 1937.
V.
SUBRAIIl\!.\NY,\ S -\STRT,
DESCRIPTIVE CONTENTS First Adhyaya. SLOKAS
Author's declaration of his purpose ••• 1 Preliminaries. A general description of the work to be done 2
...
Second Adhyaya How to measure the amollnt of planetary aspect? Special rules with regard to the aspects of Mars, Jupiter and Saturn
... 1-4
Third Adhyaya An enumeration of the Shadbalas
1
~r-=rorz;;+(-(Stthanabala) ~ CUchchabala) ~~ (Saptavargajabala)
~l~~~ (Yugmayugmabala)
(Bhantyamadhyamukhabala) ••• W~ (Digbala)
;orz;;+( (Kalabala) q~~ (Natonnatabala) 'll'if
Ii ... li-3 4 6 6
•.• 6-8 ... 9-10 ... 11-12 13
14 .•• 15-16
... 17-18
DESCRIPTIVE CONTENTS SLOKAS
~lJfiT'fi~+J: (Naisargikabala) >11~
(Bhavabala)
19 ... 20-23
Fourth Adhyaya. 'mCi'fi'fi'il" (Jatakapbala) based on ~f!: (lshta) and 'fir! (Kashta)
How to get the ~ (Ueheha) rays? 2 3 The Cheshiakendras of the Sun and the Moon explained ••• How to get the ~r (Cheshta) rays? ••• ••• 4 ~'fi
Fifth Adhyaya ~rm'il" (Horaphala) based on ~~;(I
1
(Sphutagunaka) ••• 2-3 arr~ur'li (Asrayagunaka) ••• 4-11 'fi~1'IfCfi (Karmayogyagunaka) ••• 11 ~ The Ayushka1as (~r~1fi~T:) 12 ~'1TiiTi~ (Chakrapatardhaham). Its application to the four Ayurdayas, viz., aror~:rR (ChakrapatardhahaDl) when more than one planet are in one and the same \"Iro (Rasi) 24 Sage (i't~) Devala's view with reference to 'Of"fitfTmi&.Tl~ (Chakrapatardhahanj) 25 Reduction consequent on the presence of a malefic planet in the Lagna in the ~ (Pinda) and r~tf
Xi
DESCRIPTIVE CONTENTS
SLOKAS
The different conditions under which the three different Ayurdayas above named obtain 29 Neelakanta's (rfl~'fiU6) view ... 30-31 ~':(Il1m-;:::hr CJ eevasarmayurdaya) .•• ••• 32-34 A rule regarding the process of getting the ~~tZ (Lagnayus) in the fct1l":g" (Pmda), R;::r.r (Nisarga) and ~~l1f (Jeevasarma) Ayurdayas ••• 35 The view of ~N~ CSridhara) and others in certain special cases 36 To whom the ayurdayas treated in this chapter apply ... 37-38 and to whom not?
Sixth Adhyaya.
fu!'K!i!+rW (Rishta.-Rlshtabhanga). How to determine it? ... 1-5 Seventh Adhyaya. The m'l (Subha) and a:r~'l (Asubha) phalas (q;~) revealed in the Dasas The 12 forms under which the ~qyifi (Dasapaka) is treated. (The application of the Adhyayas 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 17 and 20 of i[~Rf'fi-Brihatjataka sllOwn in this .'0 2-7 connection) Th~ order of the Dasas ••• 8 The rule of determining the same in an il"~I~;::;f
xii
DESCRIPTIVE CONTENTS SLOKAS
Details of the same 25 The Moon's influence on mental states during It Dasa 26 Application of the ~·Subha and ar~.Asubha (mentioned in the 4th Adhyaya) to the Dasa periods shown here 27-29 A Summary ••• 30
Eighth Adhyaya ~~+rqre' (Subhasubha phala) in various forms 1 The interpretation of the Ashtakavarga results 2-3 The effect of Rajayogas and of planetary rays 4 orR!! (Arishta) and mtl!+rw (Arishtabhanga) during a Dasa 5 6 When is alfb! (Arishta) to be feared most? .•.. 7 When can this be averted? ApplicatIon of ~:;mrili (Strijataka, ·Brihatjataka 24th Adhyaya) shown 8 Application of the fil
II
t'\
~
,.......,.
~P:rT~q~TCl:
II
SRIPATIPADDHATI
srtT~S~tfTt{: rt~CTT
ijt !!~~CTqf fir~lJqij1;r(l~n
~T(oT
ij~qT~-p:9:~&:Sf~n~R~ru~ ~~: ~Tq'rn: ,....
<:'
'"
<:'
"\
II
<:'
rol'iq~T~;:r7.{T T~:qlq ij~(i5'I'l ~1(TtTqTql;:i~-
~?(~ ~Tq~~~qi:Rt~t it(f~C\f ~Q~ II ~ II Adhyaya 1. 8loka 1. Having bowed to that Divinity that is adored in the form of my preceptor and is the cause of the dawn of knowledge to me of the three periods (past, present and future), and having my intellect expanded in consequence by the graciousness of his lotus-feet, I, ~1qfe~'Cl (Sripati Budha), am going to set forth, at the solicitation of my pupils, the method of working out horoscopes,-being equipped for the task by my repeated and thorough study of the end and aim of all the authori. tative works on astrology and hoping to win the appro. bation of those that are masters of astrologicai science. :;:r~qr nrNq'~r~~r
[Adh. I
Bloka 2. The exact time of the birth of a person as revealed by the gnomonic shadow and other apparatus should first be ascertained. Then the planets should be set down as they are at the time of birth together with the rising sign. They are to be rectified repeatedly by an operation to be performed by means of expedients [or finding their true place as prescribed in the Siddhantas. Then the bhavas, the aspects of the planets and their six kinds of strength should be investigated. ~~9q;~J~:.....
~
.......
...
~ ..:;r: ~~nmus:;r \;f;:i1~;ri!jr CI:ars~ ~<:r: ~~
~
~~~ T~
l"he lllstruments
~
'OfGl"a- ~lil" ~~T~~ ~:I"''i~: ~ III
use
(o:rl~Cfi~r'
:q
II ~ II
the tIme of Bhaskaracharya his Siddhanta Siromani (rB~Rr-
10 III
1~l(t+{(u'r~.. l!1~T il'r~fer~
:qrq. ij~ I'fi~
II
1 he rules laid down 10 this book Will be better grasped by the student by means of the illustratIOns given below with reference to the horoscope of a person born m Lat. 10° 38' N. The particulars of the date of birth are as follow
S1. 3.] B1
tfct: :q~~: ~'f: ~~:
~
7{l"R: ~~:
(Ravi-Sun) (Chandra -M00n) (Kuja -Mars) (Budha-Mercury) (Guru-JupIter) (Sukra-Venus) (Sani ··Saturn) (Rahu-Mo::m's Noje)
O-17°-43'~301/
9_14° -29'-39 '1 11-27"-53'- g/l 11-24°-13'-+4/1 8- 1"-25'_ 1" 0-14"- 2'--56'/ 0-27"-55'-41" 2- OC - 4' _42"
Sun Venus Saturn
Mars Mercury
Rahu
-------_.
I I
----I Moon
I
III
I~a"l
Chakra
I
I
---II Jupiter Ketu
"-~----
I
iT~t"td~llmtf ~~ fet~~: ~Ri:
--
~
ij'
~) ;r~:
~~~~fftrqR~~Q) ~M"~~'ll~tfT;~ ~~Qq: I ll~~T~T~q{ijij Q ;rrn{tt~ ~t~srri;fiqT~ ;rij
~T~S~ ~(\
[Adh. I.
4
from it, the interval denotes Sl'llifa (Prang.nata) or meridian distance towards the East. If the particular time of day taken be greater than midday, the latter has to be subtracted from the former, the interval represents st~~~a ! Pratyang.nata) or meridian.distance towards the West. The idea of em (Nata) should be clearly grasped. It is either (mcn·Prak) eastern or (m
former occurs between midmght and midday, the latter between midday and midnight. Again ~rs:m (Prangnata) includes 2 cases- (1) the di~tance between the Sun and the MeridIan durmg the first half of day when the Sun IS above the hOrIzon j (2) the distance between the MeridIan and the Sun when he is below the when he has not yet risen. The ~~if (Pratyangnata) horizon, ~ also comprehends these 2 cases: (J) the distance between the MerI~lan and the Sun 10 the afternoon prior to hIS setting j (2) the interval between the Mertdian and the Sun when he has sunk below the horizon, i e., after nightfall.
e.,
The horOfcope under reference is an example of ~ifcr (Prang. nata. The length of the day was given to be 30 gh. 55 vigh. The interval between the Sun and the Mendlan at the time of birth is therefore 15 ~ 27t fq Plus t ~ =15 ~ 57i ~. This ~ifij (Prangnata) subtracted from 30 ghatikas (that is 14 er. 2§ fcr.) represents the ~'a'Q (Pragunnata). i!i~~Rr:-
,ri\":
~~~a ~ir ~i(r.(~;n;:~;ra
\1Qci
~~,,~ ~§ ~q(~H'ita M~ .....,~~ ;;iRtat{.1I
mltr
~15t: ~'rf il~ qT +{q{ij ft ~;:;r ~:qta'tflf: ij~~ qT~HT~ ~ij '«f~~enn 3f(,JRf1~~i't +{~~: I
~p:q ~ ~qWf! ~«T'Erij~~n ~~~it~r~Rt:
~ij ~~f~~tti Q~t1t iji(lJl~~~ri fi{~'i'{ II ~ II Bloka 4. If there be a birth towards the conclusion of a night or some time after its commencement, the
5
51. 4.]
residue of the night joined to the half-day that is to Cf)me, and the elapsed portion of the night increase] by the halLday that is past) represent re3pectively the Eastern (srl~.Prak) and the Western (~~~.Pratyak) Na.tas (iiij'. Nata) or the distances from the meridian. These resu1ts are to be preserved for future use. Then the Lagna or the rising sign is to be m1rked out for the time of birth conformably to the actuCil position of the Sun and the rising periods of the signs at the place of birth. An1 that increased by six signs is declared by correct reckoners to be the al~ (Asta) or setting sign. A knowledge of <1(1 (Nata) and "fflil (Unuflta) is essential to ascertain the
4q.
17i.R.
g<;)TTula
~q+r Vrishabha 4 9 • T'i=r~ Mlthuna 5 er.
4H ].1. 1H N. 29 N. J 6 ~ P-r.
'[r~ Vnschlka 1off);~ Dhanus
5 q. 5 era 5 t:[.
O~
R.
~
W
Makara Kumbha Meena
59. O~N. 5 ':r. 16~~. 5 'I. 29 ~. 5 9, 14~ ~. 4 9. 4 g. ~. +9. In P-r.
The Equinoctial Point as the name indicates is a posItion in the Ecliptic or the Sun's path in the heavens, which, when the Sun enters, there is equal length of day and night throughout the Earth. If the division of the zodiac into 12 sIgns be taken to commence from this point, theIr rIsing perIods for any partIcular place ,\ ill not vary from year to year. Owing to the movement of the EqulDoctial POlDt from East to West, z e., in a direction contrary to the order of the zodiacal signs, the nsing penods of these latter whIch are reckoned from the Star Aswtni as given in the current almanacs are not relIable fer a number of years for the simple reason that ~r.r (Mesha) i.e .. the first sign ~hich once began at the EqulUoctJal Point is now 22 and odd degrees removed from it and may get farther of[ from it every succeeding year. If a table of the rising periods of the signs true fer all years is to be prepared,
[Adh. I.
6
it is possible only when ~q- (lVIesha) IS reckoned l;ITI;f., (Sayana) z".e., when it is made to commence from the Equinoctial POlOt. The rules to be given for the determination of the Lagna (~~) or the rising sign will bear out this fact. Rules for correctly finding out the L'lgna taken from Bhasln~· racharya's Brahmatulya (ml:r~'~)
;:m
n~~~t&T ~q+r~r~~~ ~rra!rri ~'fr'ifl( I :at~:a:'tit~cr~{'i(r~~:$ O'~: ~r1'.p..fo:rt~~o:r~ II
O'({!HI'T
Find the true pOSItIOn of the Sun from f{q- (Mesha) 10 signs, degrees, minutes, etc. Add thereto the precession of the Equinox or '31
the SLln. we have the following
7
51.4.] The Sun's entry into ~'Ef (Mesha) was on 11-4-1853, The Sun's entry Into '[IT+!" (Vn. shabha) was on 12-5-1853, The time taken by the Sun there· fore to pass 30° of Mesha 1S The interval between the Sun's entry mto ir'Ef (Mesha) and the birth in question IS of Monday plus Plus
Day
Ghatikas
Vighatikas
Monday
44
50
Thursday
37
35
30 days
52
45
15
10
59
30
14
40
17 days 18 days
of Fnday, or
, ) 18 days 14 gh. 40 vigh. The SUll S pO~Itlon (or longItude IS 30 days52 gh. 45 vlgh. of Mesha=-17° H' 301/
III
x 300
l't'Ef (Mesha).
We now proceed to find out the L"goa. Adding the ~"iJ" (Ayanamsa) to the Sun's posItion, we get 1-9·31-8. The portion of l[ll'+r (Vnshabha) to be traversed by the Sun, u~~ (Ravibhogyamsa) IS 20° 28' 52". The time ta1.
[Adh. I.
8
~~~~: f{~~~n~i1n~7.f ~~~qT:q. +r~i;rT~~'{ I t
. "
•
~~ ij't~t ~~ t{~t{wQ" "~n~~ ~. ~ij~~~~ II~II 8lok(~
5. What people call ;r'<:J;{~u (Madhya Lagna) 'i.e., the culminating point of the Ecliptic is deduced from the Eastern "fa (Nata) conformably to the rising periods of the signs in the Equator by a process termed ~Oi (Rina) or negative (i.e., in the reverse order). The same i~; deduced from the Western "fa (N a ta) by means of an additive process (1iT"f.Dhana_positive). This when in. creased by six signs becomes the fourth or the N adit Sign. ~,:([Cfq;-Rrr:'"'JI
,...
,,~
~~'tqT~i'iq~~~'mHota: q~r~aH~~~1'f
"
~~~T~~~~ ~,,<\'rn
... a;:iH'<:~ ~q~o:i f!~:a: II ~ II '"
The rislOg periods of the signs reckoned from the Equinoctial POlDt at the Equator are given below:Blo:r;;T (Sayana)
iter
Mesha <[fFf V nshabha fl1:g'1 Mlthuna. '-h~ Kataka fB~ Simha Cfl;:<:fl Kanya The
!f(s"f(f "-
Gh.
Vlgh.
4
39
4 5 5 4 4
59-i.
'3F!F1 (Sayana) g'il"l Tula. '[r~9i" Vnschlka
Gh. 4
4 5 5
Vigh. 39 591;
21~
'T!IlJ, Dhanus
ZlZ
+F1K Makara
5Si,
~
4
59h
39
+rl'1 Meena
4
39
(Prang-nata) is 15 gh. 57! vigh.
2a 2U
The dIstance of
lhe Sun from the Equinoctial POlDt IS 39° 31' 8". The rising period of gO 31' 8/1 of ~q
Sl. 6-7.] Therefore the par lion of l-nil:: (Makara) correspondIng to 15 gh. 57it vigh. mllZlts 15 gh. 521'"8 vlgh. or 5 Vlf'"h. IS
a
5
19
~ 3.21
Jx
30 0 =ro ~O' 10/1 '72 near Iy • U -'
Therefore the dIstance bet veen the Sun and the Meridian is i'J'1 ('''fesh,) plus 30" of lij';:r (Meena) plttS 30" of ~;:r (Kul11~h2,) plus OJ 30' 10/1 '72 of lFfi~ (l\Iakara) or 100° l' itS" '7':::=3-1C·1-19. 9~ 31' 8/1 of 'ltfl{ (Vnsh1.bha) pilLs 30~ of
N,)w the Sun beIng at 0-17-43-30, the dIstance of the MeridIan from the stellar Ar!es IS 0-17.+3-30, Jlunlts 3-1C-1-19 or 9-7-42 11. ThIs is the posItIOn of the li'€:P3'::f C\Ia:Jhyalagna.) or the lOth ;r:r1F.f (bhava). The +th -.:rIg (bh~l.>'a) IS obtaIned by subtra.ctlng 6 signs from the i Oth +rler (bha va). The operatIOn may be checked by findmg the 4th ;r:r[g (bhava) directly thus : The ~~cr (UllJlatha) IS 1+ gh. 2~ vl,,;h. 20° 28' 52." or 'lCf'" (V rishabha) IS
The
nSlDg
peno] of
20° 28' 52" -;-0d - - x 4 gh. 59~ vlgh.=3 gh. 2+'23 vigh. ~ egrees The rising period of flT:Ji'f (Mlthuna)=-5 gh. 21'83 vlgh. Sub. tracting the sum of these tw') from the "3''4ii (Unnatha), we get 5 gh. 16-44 vlgh. of C\'i:>;C\'i (Katalm). The degr ees. mlDute"', etc. correspondmg to this time are 5 gh. 16' 44 vigh. )( 300,;,:; 29° 29' 4-9" . 28.
5 gh. 21' 83 vIgil. Therefore the dIstance between the Sun ani the nadir MeridIan 18 20° 28' 52" of 'lq;:r (Vns]13,bha) Plus 30° of f.'12!i'f (Mlthuna) Plus 29° 29' 4-9/1 '28 of i{i:>;C\'i CKataka) or 79° 56' 4t" '28. The Sun beltlg at 0-17-43-30 the position of the 4th, m'f (bhava) IS 0-1743·30 Plus 2-19-58·41 or 3-7-42-11·
~Q: ~~~l~~et ~~~T~.nfiI~4 ittQllf~~Hr~~ I ~'4 N~~(~ N:UltQ4.:f ~q Qa:.?~~q~ fir~ot ~~
~~{;~ilfnriTst;r+(ill~! Q~;:ZHr ~)~;r~Tqfu~~ I f«~~~ij l(FH rn:gam lf~~ ~+n~+i: R;:~~~li(ij~: II~\I ~r. 'Cf.
2
[Ac1h.
10
1.
Blokcts 6 and 7. Subtract the figures of the Lagna from those of the fourth (+frer-bhava); the fourth from the seventh, the seventh from the tenth, and the tenth from the Lagna. Take a third and two thirds of the first remainder and add them separately to the first (+ff"f) bhava to obtain the two succeeding ones. Take a third and two thirds of the second remal11der and add them separately to the fourth bhava to get the fifth and the sIxth. Deal simIlarly with the other two remainders and get the bhavas intermedIate between the seventh and the tenth,
Hhir O>:.j~~+f~ ~7.i~~Qr 7.ir~Q~;l) rn::;;~a-r ~
~;:'Clr
..... " arq'
:q ~rW+fl~~~~r: II
The fourth bhava is The Lagna
0-1+ -31 -46
IS
:::ubtractmg, we get A third
By
of this
IS
addlrg tbis result to the Lagna or tbe first bhava
2-23 -10 -25 0-27 -43 -28
we get tbe 2nd bhava to be
0-14 -31 -46 1-12 -15 -14
By adding to the Lagna
0-14 -31·-46
twice tbe above (0-27"-43'-;;[)") that IS Plus
1-2'i -26 -57
we get the lthlrd bbava to be
2- 9 -58-43
,.....1:;,
."
"'."
'\
"
I \';;~~ij ~;:~~~nlT;r~TQqT{(nq~ :qTPtN~: ~?lRr II~ II q~l;;;ij ~f~¥iG:~ T&: ij'r;;;~ ij~ T~~n ~TC\1i~{ !i~;:~:
Sloha 8. A half of the sum of two contiguous bha~ vas is called their Sandhi (~fi'er). A planet that is in a
S1. 8.]
11
Bha va~sandhi (~rC!"~r;:'€f) produces no effe:::t. net that is short of a S::wdhi (i.e., on this produces the effect of the preceding bha va, be in excess of a Sandhi, it produces the bhava to come,
But the pIa. side of it) If it should effect of the
OJ. e:rr(;~ff;:~siu ~~rr: 'If.'t?; 'i{~r(qrr~+r~T::r:;rro~ I
'" ~~n::n.:r;:~~N'fi~n:riTr+rfllfrn~roir~~:PFi~~~ :~r~ II The 1st bhava is The 2nd bhava is
0-14-31-46 1-12-15-14
Adding we have
1-26-47- 0
Dividing this by 2, we get 0--28°-2]'-30" as the Sandhi between the 1st and the 2nd bhavas. The Sandhis of th~ other bhwas sluuld be similarly worked out.
The Sandhi preceding a '1[9 (bhava) IS calle,"! l1f{l'
.....
"",.... r.-
ffT;:'
II
For slokas 6, 7 and S, compare also the followlDg from rr,r~n: (Parasara). ~.:;:f ~:(§ir<:I:. ~@' efir~r~
efir+{ ~r<:I:. ~ "€I' ~'i1i'J: I
~q~iJefif~W71tcT ~p'.irl'!&'i.iTrro:~ ~l-Tr~ II '('0
....
G'
"
....
~
......
't"l:l1H~~~~ ,~r;:'Cf: ~1·j~Tqmt;l;fT:
i
-q.~ "[r~liT +IT''fT: ;::~+T
.
".....
. "€I'q "
~'rc qfa'r<9~'i'I'r;;J1;:::;,;+rqi'[cH q~J1+r
•
...
~
~
T~~qr
4o"
"€I';:$f~N~ ~:;rqT~~~qiT~~~ ~ +lTEfT: ~l-Tm:~:
[Adh. I.
12
The following table ~'l\7'eS the Bll.lvas and their Sandlm work· ed out In accordance wnh the rules; The 12 Bhavas \1olth thelt Sandins. ---
~-12-- 3
Signs - - . .. -0---;
!6
14 \ 5
-;--3
17 \8-1
9 1 10
-4--5---6 ~1-8
III
12
--9--:--:
Degrees
•.• 14
12
9
7
9
12
14
12
9
7
9
12
Minutes
..• 31
15
58
42
58
15
31
15
58
42
58
15
Seconds
... 46
14
43
11
43
14
46
14
43
1l
43
14
.-------,-------------
l1lHI!'f
'.'r B 12
23
I
34 1 45 1 56
i
::-:----=1-::-
1- -:- -3-:-4- -5- -6- --7
... , 28 i 26
D"Jraes
I ... 23
Mmutes
~{
I
l=f.{ ;.i' ,i .or If-r 67 78 89 910 10'11 11'12 121
1-9--:--: 1
1,-8
23
23
26
23
28
26
23
23
26
28
50
50
6
23
23
6
50
50
6
23
I
\ 6
second~_ _.~{~J ~~_~___~_~ J~~_~.~~___.~_: •.
30
~Tqt~g;~I1: ~~ ~~~H;:r~rif~~ tut~t f4~~ I ~eft;:r~ ~n+!{f~~ ~ ~l ~Ufu~{5f ~i 3i~i!~q~ II~ II Sloka 9. A planet produces the full effect of the. bhava in which It is when its distance from the Bhavasandhi is equal to thJ.t of the Bhavamsa (~T.d~ = semi. bhava). When the planet has a less or greater distance from a Bhava.sandhi than a Bhavamsa, its effect must be ascertainej by a Tllle.of. three process. "ifi':8"i.fl1m:-
~4 ~1~'OI'~ +H
IJIT
51. 10.J
13
~Tcr~t~ f{ ~~~i'~:
'{of ~ +ner~t{t~!! I
&n:fSlit{,~crfet~'t{~T~ 'fi~ ~ ;:r'~n efif%tQ) ~i{I;:'~: II ~ Q II Slo7~a
10.
Sages have declared that when a bhava begins its effect also begins. The effect becomes full in the equl1 portion of all bhavas (just where a bhava is divided into 2 halves). When a bhava approach':!s its end more and more, the effect gets les3 and less till at last it ceases when the end of the Lhava is reached. The effect of a planet upon a +iT
IS
nearer the f91::rlftl~'if
~J'G[{
.fT
~.
,.......
;:".;r~~ !fir~ iTOlt(~rrcr<6
-
~
'ttrrcrq--
t~.n 'ttT":lt~ ~r~ffiSN
'n" ~
II
The table overleaf shows which of the planets produce the an'T~ (Aroha) and which the '31:r~[{ (Avaroha) r.o~ (Phala),
14
[Adh. II
Planet
The bhava In whIch it 15 posited
Natu! e of t.he Effect-Aroha or Avaroha
Measure or extent of the effect
-- Sun
Fast
Avaroha
'7694
Moon
Tenth
Avaroha
. 5791
Mars
Twelfth
Avaroha
'0313
Mercury
l'welfth
Avaroha
'2579
Jupiter
NlUth
Aroha
'3823
Venus
First
Aroha
'9653
Saturn
FIrst
Avaroha
'0334
~
""'''
iiT;:q~t(TIJf~
I ~ ~ llTefH qftq;(!q;fP:rT~~q ~{~)~q'fi{1n~ ~~Tq: II ~ ~ II "\
~fa S>T(qffir~(R!~T~t \ifT~iif;q;g:~"r +IT''T\:.~·n~l'!
~;:rra:
SZolea 11. Thus should bhavas be decided at the time of a birth, a journey, the assumption of a vow, the ceremony of tonsure, a royal coronation or other like ceremony and marriage, For it is by calculating bhavas that the effects due to certain combinations are found out. #
End of the First Adbyaya.
~al~S~t:n~: ~tf;t tf~t~~~T 'fi~n~ QqT~Ef;ijf 'l{~~'HI~qn~ I ~~t~~~~t;r~ it ~~~~n'€tC\t ~$~~fijol';:r{;:r II ~ II
s1. 2-3J Adhyaya 2. Sloka 1. As the effects due to planetary aspects have been described in various ways, I now set forth the method of bringing out the amount of the planetary aspect to enable astrologers to determine the effects thereof correctly. '"
,,""-
"",.....'to\
'[~p:n ?:~T Tcr~l~ij~?!! q~~~+~TSI'El6fi~~
~n:~: ~l~~ ~ftqefi~~t ~T;rq~ft+r~: I r--
",,\
"\,,
1'\"\
'[T~: ij'r ~(~T~ ~~~~+qrsPEle:6: q~~To:rT "1'\
"\
"
<:,,,
"\
l~aH{ijT WJij~ij~~n ~~:n~g;rnNefi~~ "\ ~J:" ""\,, "-
It ~ II
~~~q!!'p·n ~~~ij!!lJfct 1~1I +tnS{~~~~
?ij)~-lTS~~+.u N~f~~efi~: qf!'1j~T ~ij: I "~ ""~" ""-,, +1~T ~.?c{: ~Hn~l;:re:ij ~H~~;1=In~~rslq
~l+ltT{;fr W1;r~ij~ij{ Q'-lTif~T~m~~: II~II Slokas ;2 ancl3. If the aspected when diminished by the aspecting planet exceed six signs, it is to be sub. tracted from 10 signs. The remainder reduced to minutes is to be di vided by 7,200. The result is in R upa and represents the amount. of the aspect. But if the difference should exceed 5 signs, subtract these 5 signs from it and reducing the result to kalas i e., minutes, divide it by 1,800. You will get the aspect (~fg-Drishti) in Rupas. When the difference exceeds 4 signs, subtract it from ;'\ signs and divide the result by 3600 to get the amount of the aspect. Should the difference exceed 3 signs, it is to be subtracted from 4 signs and to the remainder reduced to minutes, add 360) and divide the sum by 7200. The result gives the amount of the aspect. Next, if the difference exceed 2 signs, subtract these two signs from it
[Adh. II.
16
and to the remainder reduced to minutes, add 900 and divide the sum by 36 )0. The result represents the aspect.
~)(;{ij~~~n~~*Wri~) lI''dI'~:ijfehrffi't I ~~ ~$i!r: ~~~'l~;q: ~~~n:~sNt tf:ritl'Rr;:r) !f~~~: II~II Sloka 4. Lastly, should the difference exceed Olle sign, take away this one sign from it, and reducing the remainder to m:nute3, c1ivide it by 720«)... The asp3ct will be obtained in l{tlpa. In this WJ.Y the exact amount of the planetary aspects can be ascerlained. No planet sees beyond ten signs. Take the Sun as the aspectmg planet. The aspected :nay be planets or bhavas. First, we shall take the Moon as aspected. The Moon's posittcn IS ... 9 14 29 The Sun's position is ..• a 17 43 Subtractmg the Sun from the :YIo:m we get 8 26 4S
39 30
9
As this exceeds 6 slg'1S we have to subtract tha sa ne from 10 signs. The remainder IS 1·3·13·51. This when redllced'to minutes IS 1993-85. Dividing it by 7200 W~ get the Sun's aspect on the M{)on to be '277 of a Rupa. As the strength always goes to the aspected planet, the same IS put·down 10 this case as the Moon's Drigbala.
~ir~qT~n $tlt:f~) R~7.fT: ~~Hr~~lf~lijijT;rr'{ ~
{I ....
I'>t....
'\
~
'"
C'
1~~llIlTT1:1T~~T~ ~;:'if~;:~qr; T~~ r;:rTTlfl{ l;::ra~
Sloka 5. Three.quarters, half and
1Il.t n
one~fourth
of a Rupa are to be superadded to the aforementioned as. pects of Saturn, Jupiter and Mars respectively when these aspects fall upon what occupy 3rd and l:Jth, 5th and 9th, 8th and 4th places with respect to them Take Jupiter as the aspecting planet and the Sun as the
51. 6 J
17
aspe..:ted one, Subtractmg Jupiter from the Sun we have 4·16·18· As this exceeds +signs, subtract It from 5 sig'ns; the remain .. der is 0·13.+1-31. Therefore ibe aspect is
29.
~~1'516~ 3600
= 0228
•
~~~qn 1l~~", ~TT;'lI: ~r~lt;:rTN"~~tt: I ~fOHrh ~~ur+l~T ~;~);rr~ qft~$'f!n II ~ II ~Rr lj~'rqra-firn~CHll't Girij'~q;g;~r ~rn:~N;;f'i'-lr;qr ~?!T;q:
e.
Slo"ka
The additive figures for each of these three planets are to be kept apart; they are to be multi. plied by the degrees, etc" by which the difference [between the ~~~ (Drisya) and ~!:r (Drashta)] falls short of) or is in excess of the prescribed quantity, The product is next to be divided by 30 and the quotient is to be deducted from the Kshepas (a:r:r) or addItive figures. The result expresses the enct amount of the (a.:rcr) (Kshepa) to be added to the Drigb::1.la (~liij
, lr 1- -.-16°
2
18' 29" }
30~
:='228,
Therefore the strength of Jupiter's aspect all the Sun ,s 'Z2:H" '228='456 of a Rupa. Sripatl's rules for fIDding the ~'if('; (Dngba1a) of planets are given by ~~19;f6r~ (Kesava Dalvagna) compressed in one sloka 111 a different form . .::..
_
.......
'"
...
r... ....
~~mu[~~r({Ull'.:f;r~,;'8B.ir~l1~rra;<1
~qf qT~~'r~~lf~~ ~~1JTr ~?.!: ~~ ~m: I ~
~;:a:''H*<{~~:jJr
+lm~~l;q~(:'ii:~rr{w
It may be rendered thus : .8>TT. ii,
3
[ Adh. If
18
The excess of the aspecteu over tho aspectmg planet In SIgns may be any figure from 1 to 12.
°
0, I, 3, 2, 0, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0, 0, are the quarters (t) representlOg the strength respectiveiy 10 the 12 cases. If the aspectmg planet be Jupiter and the excess be 8 and 4 sIgns, 4 IS to be substituted for 2. If Saturn be the aspecllng planet and the excess be 2 and 9 sIgns, put down 4 in place of 1. If Mars be the aspecting planet and the excess be 3 and 7 sIgns, replace 3 by 4. In case an excess can tams degree~, mlllutes, elc., 10 addItIOn, Its strength should thus be modIfied. FInd out by how much the strength denoted by the next excess increases or decreases. Multi. ply the number of quarters representing thIS m10 the degrees, minutes, etc., and divIde the product by 30. The result IS to be added to, or subtracted from, the number of qUai ters assIgned to the excess In question, accordl ng as the strength for the next I~ higher or lower. Let us calculate accordmg to thIS method the Drigbah of the Sun got by the 3.spect of Jupiter. The p)~lllon of the Sun is
° 17
The
8
POo.ltlCD
of JupIter
Hl
subtracting, we gel
4
43 1 25
16
30
18 29
Thus lhe excebS IS bel ween 4 and 5 blgns. In the case when Jupiter IS lhe aspechng planet, the table to be used for the qual ters representinsr the strength In the 12 cases IS 0, I, 3, 4,0, 4,3,4, 1,0,0,0. Thus when the excess IS 4 SIgn!', the strength is 4, and comes 0 when the excess is 5 signs.
It
be-
19
S1. 6 ]
The actual strength of the aspect of Jupiter in the above case is
{
4-
160 18' 29"
30
0- -
x4
}
quarters
01'
'4-56 of a rupa,
f>;:f~~rf~l'=irat:a ~H;f' .(ig;rr;: l"l'cir:t r;:rr -
The following rules are laid dvwn by findltlg out the ~if~ (Drigbala) of planets: -
'C[(f;(f{
(P[].rasar~) for
a~'lfrf[~r~'!f st!f{ q~!fu~ irsN:f; lt~(( I ~':ITfl!:'l ifr~:rt Q llrrrr~(/:I'
i?;n:'lf
'q'
~~!f; II
::rrufu~ N;:H ~Trn +1'TfTf f[~rr~ ~'I!!f: I
~
fir::rrr'l;'!f ?ilfaf ~r<:!fr i?:~~ ~(m?3ti +T~('( I
rn ~ir
'q'
rn'f;fOl
::iH~~r: ~Hl:rTs,a-
- '"
'q'
'CfQ{~ ~J:H~:
II
m:
..... ........ 'iiTr"f~q\rQ+1'r+rr
~~~r
"" +r"fq: II
Subtracl the figures representwg the number of sIgns, degrees. mwutes, etc, traversed by the seeIng planet {om those of the seen. If the difference should exceed 6 SIgns, subtrac [ the same agaIn from 10 sIgns. DIvIde the result by 2. The result represents the Drigbala of the aspected planet. But If the dIfferenee exceed 5 signs only, then leave out the number representtng tbe sIgns. The degree, etc, multiplied by 2 glves the amount of Drigbala of the planet. But If the dIfference should exceed 4 signs only, subtract it from 5 signs. The degrees, etc., that remain express the amount of Dngbala.
2)
[Adh. II
But if the dIfference exceeds 3 signs, subtract it from 4 signs. DIvide thIs result by 2. To what yeu thus obtaIn add 30 Vnupas. The total expresses the amount of Dngbala, (l !lupa'= 60 Vlrupas.)
If the dIfference exceeds 2 sIgns, leave the figure representmg the signs. To the number of degrees, etc. remalUIDg, add 15 Vlrupas, ThIS wdl represent the Dngbak If the difference should exceed one sign, leave out the sign. The number of degrees, etc., dIvided by 2 repre~ents the amount of Drigbala. The DrigbalR that is th11s found has to be supplemented by the addition of 45,:0 anJ 15 Vnupas, respectIvely, in the case of Saturn, Jupiter, and Mars when these aspect 3rd and 10th in the case of Satun'. 5th and 9th In the case of JupIter, and 4th alld 8th III the case of Mars.
N. B. :-Planets do not see the 2nd and 12th houses, (~~t~)
GRAHADRIGBALA
--
o:l
'-'
.~
:q.~:
Chandra
~![:
Kuja
~'
Budha
~<1:
Guru
~;n:
Suhra
... '723
... .. , '456 '"
cd
P
> o:l 0:::
\lcr: Ravi
c:!
"0
..r1
::l
::l
::l
... c:l
...
..!
'0
(j
if)
if)
o:l
'5'
"0
u
:::e:
CO
\
'277
I .
...
.,.
...
'473
'412
...
'742
'638
I
'111
..
,.,
'470
...
I
'081
... ...
...
'4+0
..,
'030
!
'109
'970
'940
.. ,
'578
'116
.. ,
....
'605
..
...
..r1
"I i
i
! '~46
,
-
'6~,6
::l
.,
.
,
cd
...
... '720 ... ... ------ - - - - -- --- --- - - - ~R: Sani
,
.. I '776 , .. I
~~rfl!
Subha Dnshtl 1'179 1:frq~fu
Papa Drishti
'436
... (164 "1"11;:
1
1'443
1 '352
1'045
,"
...
"826
1'320
'784
... ...
en
(+lrC{{«H?J) BHAVA DrUGBALA
I-"
CJ)
(Bhava)
{l
(Chandra)
~;Jf (Kula)
1
1
.,.\ '749
i 'SIS I '075
'773
'7871
'518
·0.9!
... \
I
'119 i '552
'S36
' 298
'479
l'COO
I
'637
'237! '600
'830
I
'562
! '361
~
(Sukra)
i! .
';(fA-
(Sani)
I
'9:28
'216
,
;
I
'918 [ '6,9
I,
i
'261 i "553
'@<{~fu. (Subha Drishti) II-l'-31~I-l'(-)2;fl-'7-31--1-2:-8-:i612'342 il"~05
1:jl1:j~fu (Papa Drishti) I'
I
"119/1'138
'599
I
2'3371: 1 J
I
'S31
-2'-015 2'446
I
'230
i '
'368 , '137
;ii'
I
:$
£i,
' I
I '052 ;
I
I
10
'760: '399! '168
J
'8021'785! '159 'E44/ '533 I "0:2::1 I '996 I !
'401
'249
9
12
'795j"6-4·--c1- ·3-3 ;:.-"-;-1-'-c6-4-'- -
'SIS
8
I
'564 [ '091 1'893
! 'ISO
\
11
'581
I
7
I
'185
1
6
I
4
. . \ !. ,
5
I
3
~
2
1-..1
('
,
76+
'533) -302
i
't49 i '662
r
'3<)2 : '840
'" §i
i
.;
033
I ,
.... ,>!l
1
!
'880
i
'593
1!-1'-3S2-: -';-;I-j-'4-'911-'-425-'-I'O-70 2
435~~~'163 I
'662
End of the Second Adhyaya. t-.:) ......
[Adh. lIt
22
",,-
darqrS~~q! e:.
er~TqqT~ij iitVlr a:~TT~~qT;riT~, ;r +r~~Q)S~: I
I'
ij~~T'l~~r~trq~N~~1tfu~ tfi~rPl~"~ ~ II Adhyaya 8. Sloka 1.
As there can be no knowledge of the order of the periods anu the sub-periods, etc, of one's life without a knowledge of the strength of planets, I proceed to set forth this ~trength in its entirety, differu entiated as it is by the circumstances-position, direction, time, nature, motion and aspect-of the planets.
;:ft~T ~:qUNtfit ~~ ~ ~~n:q(\t 3l:;~ij"
(:I....
•
~~(l ~fI~~: ~~T~~+r+r~T q(5 ijf~JI.
I
qt~~ ij iI~ f:rtfiTQl~~q ~ij (\i ~ Sp:rr
q~T &rN~~S$.'(
=tRufr f4~ ij'~ijS!l{:
II ~ "
, Sloka 2. When a planet diminished by its depres. sion figures is in excess of 6 signs, it is to be subtracted from 12 signs and the difference reduced to minutes is to be divided by 10,800. The resultant Rupa is the exal. tation.strength (~'iiSl'C[5'. U chchabala) of the planet. If the planet should be in its Moolatrikona, it has £th8 of a Rupa j if in its own house its strength is t a Rupa. If it is in a very friendly house, its strength is measured by ~ths of a Rupa. In a friendly house its strength is 1th of a Rupa. In a neutral house it is ~th of a Rup::t.
o
The Sun's posItion is Its depresslOn IS The dIfference IS
•. ,
... ...
6 6
17 43 30 10 0 0 7 43 30
Siuce thIS exceeds 6 signs, it has to be subtracted from 12
S1. 3
J
signs. The remamder IS 5- 22-16-30. (Uchchabala) of the SUll in l\upa is
10336'5 16800
Of.
'1U~\
Therefore the '3"'€f'f'"'
,
= 957
;:r'r:qr.r ~ 3:i't +fT'ci'rR-.:r
fuf+i-l'm "t~!iF~r"i~ +r~\'f. II
Subtract the figures representlt1g' the depressed p.)SltlOn of a planet from those repcesentm:; Its
Neecha
EX11tat1011 strength llavi "957 Chandra '397 Ku]a '667 Rudha '051
6 7 3
10 3
11
J5
28
Planets
ExaltatIOn strength
Guru Sukra S:lDl
Neecha 9
'186
5
'90S
5 27
'0-1+
0
20
Bloka 3, In an inimicJl hou,e it IS T\th and in a very iI1lmical sign it is ~1.2 th, The positional strength of a planet due to its Lcing ill the Sapta vargas (~8'Ofii) should be determined in accordance with its relation to the lord of each of those vargas~;'J,,!l.f.i;:m:-
i£r;i)i£r ~
"
~,.....
t"\.....
,~'""......
"lei> ;;r
...
r~~~f~{'efn!~ ~'-l ~+rT«lr qr~+f~HT::tir .......
-
""I.""'"
e;;;SaTlllr.. ~;qr<{+r
"'"
~\[nC{tfOf':ITr~ ~
~
;r,r8''f'-l:if+( Ii
~
II
Sapiavargas are seven-fold classification of a SIgn into (I) ~T~T (RasJ), (2) 1l.:r~r (Hora), (3) ~EIHrJ[ (Drekkana). (4) B"Rt~ (Sap·
[Adh. III
24
lamsa), (5) ;:rejt~f ~Navamsa), (6) ~ri'{~T:j (Dwadasamsa) and (7) (:;r~f~ (Trimsamsa). See zodiacal Charl altached. Note that the e).tent of strength slated here as denvable from ::r~ (Ucheha) and 'ifRq.,. (Saptavargas) of a planet is the same as the measure of the good influence mentlOned In Adhyaya IV Slob.
8, m!ra, For finding out the ljH9![51ejZ~ (SaplavargajabalaJ of allY pla. net we must know the exact n\lOg the nat ural [riendsh 1 p or enmIty between planets (Vide 'ill. !fl. Adhya. ya II, Slobs ..j 2-4 5) aNI (2) the i1Tff,{f&"ifil:r~'9iji1{ (Tat\whkarnaltri chalnam)-the chal,ra showlDg the fneocbhlp for the tIme being plane Is (zllde ;;rio r.n. AdhY8ya If, SI( ka 41.)
or
This latter kmd of fnendshlp between the several planets can be determined by findlOg out their relattve positIOns, 2.e., byascer. taimng, accordll1g to some whIch of t:le 12 bin vas they OCCUDY in the tTFfT.[iji (Bhava chakra.) alrc1.dy prepaced (Vidfj page 13 supra) aad which for COl1VCtllenCe we shall c-t!t ">'lrlTr:T]j'rr$01 (L'1~n3. bhava KU11d11,). Other" say that the relative posItion of one ph. net wi th respec t to another must be determlllcd by first casting the +1feT§us<,fj (Bhava Kund tIl) of the btter phnet (L.e., by co 1sideriiig tbe latter pLll1et as the L1.gna -vule the eX1mple workel below) and then 6ndm~ which particular <'freT (blnva) in this +Tfr.r"1'T. (bhava ch~ha) the Lmner phnet is occupying,
Ct. ~F.:1li1U>Flil~ or\'
~ n Hlfql l"f~'i'fir: II
~""~
'"
~
~.....,....,
.IjI~.
......... ,....
... ,.....
,",.oj-,,"
+fa-
~HH~~ <=/'lq(l:
.
,
The <;n:rmcr§.ltt~(i';i (Lagna bhava Kundall) already worked out will enable one to find out in wluch of the several bhava" With respect to the Lagna the Sun and other planets are situated; similarly, in order to deiermme how the pl'wets are situated With
S1. 3 ] respect, say. to the Sun, we must prepare a fresh mCf'
20° 2b' 52/1 30 d egrees
X
4 gh. 591;- vlgb. or 204'24 vlgh.
.
u\
--
_11_2 _3 _41_5 !_6 _7 )_8
9
10
11
12
Signs
...
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Degrees
...
17
15
13
10
13
15
17
15
13
10
13
]5
Mlnutes
'"
43
23
3
42
3
23
43
23
3
42
3
23
Seconds
'"
30
16
2
47
2
16
30
16
2
47
B' 1'2
--1--~ ~\B' l:f
2'3 34
45
I 56
1-1 ~-31-4
~I~~
_1-
...
Degrees
...
1
29
26
26
29
1
1
29
Mmutes
... I
33
13
52
52
13
33
33
9
55
55
9
23
1 23 1
23
1
-"
-6
-71-8,--9-
Signs
...!
I~
':t 'lJ B 6 7 78 891910 ]0'11 11'12121
1
Seconds
2_1~
__
10
0
26 1 26
29
1
13
5:.!
52
13
33
9
55
55
9
23
7
And the time for l+r~;; (Mithuna) and efi
[Adh. III
26 25x6 1795 x
30"=2~"07
J'
Now subtractJIlg the 3P.f.,f0" (Ayanamsa) frolll the above. the POSIhon of the 4th "iTCf (bhava) IS found to be 3-10~ 42' 47". The 12 Bhavas and theIr SandhIS wIth reference to the Sun's positIon as the ascendant arc set out m the prevIous pagC'. The correspondlllg' lables for ihe Meulh and other planet!> may be SltUlJarly worl,ed out. From the sl kas (Jlloted from !(1'1~I'I;jfil~ (Sal1lbhuboraprakasa) in r.aJe Z+. supr.l, It wIll be seen that >i'r'11rr (Sn;)atl) doe~ not favour the latter VI<.W flnd which ha~ abo nul been followed III OUI calculatIOns. The words. f
In hIS commentary on the slol,a
III
"
pa.ge U,
sl(jJra, K
",...,.....
~~f((qer;arra;~n~r
'"
r-"J\
~
..
~i!rra;tfoif~H<:(~i[+!rl'l.\0!4r.tT
'§li;11
I
iT(iT?;f~ qTRr 0::.
(f
6'
~~r~l,f:
iTj[Tf;qr: 0:-
~TM:~aqi!~fu ..~qt q'lITltr, ~~stT+r~r(T~ ~:I':~
mmf?J:9: ~~qri.'f
rr~'ffi ar~ Jl'r~f+1Tcr
I
a.I{ i[rH~
I !1;af :>;ffu:l;:.
;;rr ~O:~ij'irn<6).Jts~ i.'f~ iWer~oj
~ ~~~ ~~q"rtn:r~T~ ! a~~~:>;f+r, I Plf~iS\':rT~FIi'!(lT~~ir'cllQ, I fei;
~=;t ~~f?.q'~~rre;~~:ffi~r~(HRr {.J;j
fiim i3i~:
I a~r :q ~:mrq~rql'1'!:i+r, I
~~ ~~i.'f; g.,q:;;t 3l<6uffi "toT "'1:qr:iiil~ ~q:;~ ~~+Tr;C{h~~ I •
QTC{
"...........
(to
•
q:;~~ Ti[Q~ ~{ a~'( qT~:;r
iliTilif;
,.....,...,
... " ' , . . . "
!~:e:raqrr~<6rlJ'(
II s.:ri.'f
at:;r ~.r~~:e:rT~~ ~~a
~" qi ~'iT~~ ~:e:rar ~~~nfr
\=i'ttJi"rrtr Ii cii
G;~Talf6
illViilcr
a~r
27
S1. 3 ] ~~r~ffuf.:r ~~~~ ~'n;i: 'ifi?if~~rre: q7r~'lPII1(1~~M
::rctFi: I q-n';iH
\jfm~sRr I
~i?ifu
I
oqrrq-
~:qcn iff
qj li':ITf
~aiG\:i''!i:
"'f'
..
..
q'Orm
. . . -.
~f{~ra
-....., <'iff Ilf~Cf ::r='f II
Vile shall now pcoceed to find Oett the 13tpr~ Hi?S (S1ptavarga,j1.. bala) of the Sun in the txample : He is occupying the Rasi of trEf (Mesha) a sign owneJ by Mars who is his G11'f (Adhlm;tra). He gets therefore another '375 of a Rupa on this account. He is in the ~if:If (l\htra) of the Sun The Sun gets therefcre only '25 of a Eupa, He is occupying the ~f-l'cft,l;,:r;;::~t;(r (Vnschtl,adwadasamsa), i.e" a'l 3{"I" (Amsa) owned by Mus, his ~:Afu7:r'=f (Adhimltra). He gets '375, L1.stly, he 15 in Jupiter's lfir'ifr':if (Tnmsam sa), Jupiter is hIS 13+l (Sama). The Sun's 'fC?i (B..lla) on tIllS account is '125. Thus, he gets in all '375 plus '375 pIllS '5 pllts '5 Plus '25 plits '375 flus 'J25=:2'5 Rupas. It should here be noted thlt tths of a RupJ. is to b3 allotted for a planet only when it IS in its "!~~
et
~['
~rrf[rra:.r(n;rt \>:1"( $fi[TUTrg~~ ;sri?i~ I
rri~ ~~CTqfrSrq a'{m~ q~T~~'l. II
[Adh. III
28
and the following commentary of R
~"
P"V\:. I
Thus, 10 the example, the Sun though' occupying the ~r1J[ (Drekkana) and :eRi~ (Saptamsa) represented by the sign T~{ (Simha-the Sun's Moolatnkcna Rasl) gets only '5 of a Rupa m each case.-on account of the sign bemg hIs Swakshetra,-mstead of '75 of a Rupa. The same remark ap)lIes to Jupiter, who happens to be in a Hasi, a Drekkana, Saptamsa and a Dwadasamsa all belonging to "!~~ (Dhanus). He gets '75 of a Rupa only in the first Varga and not In the other cases But the slokas quoted above from qu't\\: have been thus commented upon: 3l(;f <1\<1 'lim \Qlfl'l:[i'.qCfl1'\<1 lif89
~«ii:\:ffi'i;r~tM[1J[ffifl1t~e:r~t~%~hmNq~.,i +r.
m: ':l. tJft~a.
etc., and would be translated thus:
" If the lords of the Saptavargas occupied by a planet be in their +[,
.
According to this View, the HffC!1T~'f
51. 3]
29
planet is in +ft;::r (Meena), a house belonging to ] UPI ter who IS hi.s fnend. So the Sun's strength due to this Will be '25 of a R1lPa.. He IS occupying the <[fa:r~~m~ eVrischika Dwadasamsa); Mars, the lord of "!T?rOfi (Vnschlka \, IS in (Meena), a house of an 31f''<1fl1~ (Adhimitra). The Cf
mil
MUTUAL RELATIONS OF PLANETS.
~
I <:fct: I T.fr;::: I ~;;r: I ~'<1: J ~~: ! ~>fi: I ':ifR:'" -_.,----. I ... 1. 10. ':if. 12. 12 9 . 1. ~. 31N31T~(i:r~ ~~ ~.
~.
~
"8::T
fir~
3{l
"9i\J~
'31'N' fI:r~
cri':if
~
-
3{T'<1·
fh~
5. \. 31M--
'1l1
,:(T~
- - - - - - --I- -0.'
". \.
i ~i\J?r
2. ~. fI:r~
8.
~.
~i\J~
I
Hf:(f
~
"t<;l"~
-- -- -----... +. T.f. 4. T.f. 5.<:. 5. \ . 5. \. 1l:r~
~'f.TiJT
~.
-- --
...
5. \.
Bf~r-r
7~~. Tl1~
-l2.
~.
31M-m~
8.~.
~
9.~.
5. \.
~~~
31T~-
':if1
-- -----11. ':if. 9.
mi?{
~.
4.
T.f. 1311
""f~~
7. ~• 1311
-- -- ------- - ... G.m~'!I. 2. I?'.!, ~. 11. ':if, 1. 5 \ . mr-r 31N· fR:;r "'JiM". ~.
~
fu~
Pr~
II. ':if. 9. ~. " Tl1~ fI:r~
~~~
311~~~
---- ----- - 1... I
ra:\~f~
18. ~.
I 31P:r •
I ~m~
...
fir~
19.
~.
Bl1
I
3. '!I. '31'1"'<1-
fu":;r
9.~.
1
6. '!I• 31N·
f+f?f
- - - - - - ---12. :1.
1W1
8 .•~. 10. ~~"1
~.
l+r~
1.
~
31fcr • fu~
9. ~. ~~
---
-
m7ffiq'~:
30
[Adh. III
Saptavargajabala
(~acrir~) ctl
>
Planets
ctl
ctl
~
.. ,
Gnha
'"..a'" I U I '""'
..
'375
Hora
,
Drel,kana
..
,
'5
Saptamsa
,.,
5
Navamsa
...
'25
'375
I
Cl!
til
I
::l
!:l
::l
'"
5'
~
~
I
....
Cj
'25
'75
'375
')75
'125
'25
'5
'062
'25
'375
'25
'25
'375
'5
i
I
...CJ
ctl ....
I
..!<: ::l
Ul
i:lCl!
Ul
.'
I '25
'125
'031
'125
'S
'031
'062
'25
'5
'125
'125
'375
' 25
'375
'031
'062
,
Dwadasamsa
'375 . '375
'~5
'25
'5
'375
'062
Trimsamsa .. ,
'125; '25
'5
"25
'375
'062
'125
~i~ M\~_~ 11-687/3-125 ~ ~ (Bala) will therefore be '75 of a Rupa. The total Wi.f;f:;riif~ (Sapthavargajabala) of the Sun wIll thus amount to '375 PlItS '25 PIlls '375Pllls '375PZlts '25p[us '375 pIlls '75=2'75 Rupas. The first of the two tables prmted above gives the mutual relations of planet~, whIle the second, their l"ffi1'lT;p.ri'>i (Sapta. vargajabala) as per the former view and which alone has been adopted In these calculattons throuf4hout.
f
~
'"
~
'" TQ. r.r er~1f(ftqq;n:f"\ I
~ll+r ~qiqijl m~~s.tir ~~ffi'
lIhJ~ ~Ni~ii~~f~~n~q~q Nqd~q ~ ~:r1{ 'I \J " Sloka 4. The Moon and Venus w hen they are in an even sign or in a ~avamsa (if"flU) owned by an even sign give Hh of a Rupa ac; strength. The Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn and Mercury give the same amount of strength when they are in an odd sign or in a Navamsa owned by an odd sign, When the Moon or Venus occupies an even sign and also a Navamsa owned by an even sIgn. then the st.rength IS hh of a
Sl. 5
J
31
Rupa for each circumstance. The total strength IS!r a Rupa. SUTIllar rerr.ar1{ applies to anyone of the other planets occupying an odd sIgn and at the same tlme a Navamsa owned by an odJ sIgn.
Cj. ~~cj1:r~fu: Bl\I"fN5T
~~;:{. ~+r~lh«~ ~ ~q~~;:~ qU,nw ;!n;r;~ I '" "
~t~~ ~Rir~nii;fl 'H"l~ ~ql q~ ~r.;~ II .,Also
1.flJ~T\. ,:.,
........ ~;:~'g$f
.. ",
f"'.... po..,
......
to
~l;:{T~l n:n~u~t'ltlm:
.....
q'{ I
The Moon and Venus when III a "fCfT'IT (Navamsa) owned by an even sIgn have <:"IFT9~ (5tthanabala) measured by 15 Vlrupas. The rest when III a <19m (Navamsa) owned by an odd slgn have <:'rr<1"f~ (Stthanabala) measured by 15 Vlrupas. The Sun IS In j{'1 ClVlesha), an odd ~Ign, and III the 6th 'l9m (Na\ amsa) o\vnecl by "ll;-91 (Kanya), an even ~Ign. So the Sun's a:r~;r1i9~ (Ayugmabala) IS '25 of a R.upa. The Moon IS In 'fen'.: (Ma],ara) and In the 5th '11:(i"il (Navamsa) owned by 'i'Hf eVnsbaba) an even sIgn; and ,ts :g"+f'f~ (Yugnmbala) IS 625 pllts '25 or •5 of a Rupa. Mars IS III +IFf (Meena), an even sign, and 1D the Jast "RT~ (Nav&msa) owned by >fr<=r (Meena). So the .a.r~;r+{9~ (Ayugmabala) of Mars is zero. ~~m~t~q<:?I;,{
(Yugmayugmabala)
-.~-;:;-; ~r~~--i-~~-q: -1~T~~T E~' I ,"", .
-·~r~-I 0 "
~QG~T~'FI~~
r" r~-I ~·I~
.. -~-----.--'-~-.'--.--
--~-----
,..." r;'PHiS:qr
" ~(~(lHle;1.l1~ii!!
:;:r
C'
""
- --"_._-
I'\"~
~qCfil~~~l1Tr 1~\jf~Pl
t \ . " T~~1.l: "" ql~: ~l;r~~Ft-.=(~!!
I
II
~
II
Sloka 5. When the planets are in Kantaka (lst, 4th, 7th, lath), Panapara (2nd, 5th, 8th, 11th)~ and Apoklirna (3rd, 6th, 9th, 12th), a Rupa, ~ a I-{upa and t of a Rupa respectively are to be set down for their
[Adh. III
32
strength. When the feminine, hermaphrodite and mas. culine planets occupy respectively the end, the middle and the initial portion of a sigll, lth of a H.upa 'is to be assigned for their strength. it':([ql[~fu:-
$;:~r~~ ~ ~crepT~~{!1lT;::?;r;:;~f;:a ~~r: ':fi~r~ I t"\ ..... ~...
'"'
~(~er :q~+r ~H: ~~+Jep
... . . . r-." sr"'PTar rqa-~r;:a
..... ~,\
W§fOff :q
.....
;j:{I;~ ~~r
'" • ,." lUa:gra:a~r~ ~T"''''T~ ~
,. . .,
f~qa:~
II
a.
II
AlsO'Tii" ~~~: 'tOlof(?;f +r\o.~+rOf(?;: Gil1(q{Rrai:l~[~ I .... " ..... "" .,... ......... "" ~,qnW+rif: ~I'ffir ~1<'1'~(?;: ~:qH gTil'f+r: II q:Zl~<: lays down the following : -
~;:~r~~ ful('fT ~g(~ q~Ri::nfij-f~: ':fi+JTQ, I :anTa:+r-.;~ Iq~ T~~ ~lleplOT~ fuiaT: Sfi+rr~ II
~i'\~G''P~f~~~r ~-af~R:r~ !l~: I and adds
~:ilP"~~ifa~?i'':il~
II
When a planet occupies a ~~i:\ (Kendra), f.j1 rrrQ<: (Pallapara) or a:rlt{~1=[ (Apoldima) sIgn, its strength IS reckoned respectively at 60, 30 and 15 Virupas. I'
Planets that. are masculIne, hermaphr8dlte and femimne occupying respectively the first, second and third Drekkanas of a sign have ~~rOTq~ (Drekkanabala) calculated by 15 Virupas. When the planets happen to be lD their own q:~1j- (Shadvarga), the ~tlf.TlJjqi'> (DrekkanabaJa) is to be reckoned at 30 Vrrup s instead of 15 Virupas." '25
According to this, Jupiter would get . 5 of a Rupa msle:1d of shown in the statement.
:lS
~~stffa:Of~li.
:cG1: \
:r..r;j\:
_11
(Kendradibala)
§;;r:
!.'l'
~.,
·25
'25
'25
1"",,1_1_._1
ll'"
S1. 6 ]
33
There is a diversity of opinion as to what Kendras are, Some take the Kendras to be <'llt[ (L"gna), 4th, 7th and 10th Rasis. Others take them to be the 1st, 4th, 7th and 10th Blzavas, The commentator or ~r:rRr'f;g;Rr (SripatipaddhatI) and ;q~ (Balabhadra), the author of it~r:rn CHoraratna), hold the latter View, while 1HJ:(R" (Parasara) and ~~or~i;f'tf (Kesavd D.livagna) incline to the former. Neither view affects the horoscope in question. Regarding masculine, feminine and hermaphrodite planets, refer to ;;;1~Tl~;;;r<:r (Jatakapanjata), Adhyaya II, Sloka 27. ir~rlJlq'~+r.
(Drekkanabala)
,,",'
~,
""
o
0
0
0
~~",,~
I;j;, r~~;T';'[ '25
I
0
c:
c:
Uchchabala
ell
~
'957
,397
'667
Saptavargaja' 2'5 bala Yugmayugma- '25 bala Kendradibala l'O
...
....
0 0
~
.... 2
::l U
UJ
::I (f)
---
0
(Stthanabala) ..-.. ....
Planets
[
Q)
::! ,....,
>
ct! (f)
'05i 1'186
"90S
'044
1'687 3'125
'906
'687
I 2-75
2'125
0
·5 l'O
'25
,
'25
'5
'25
'25
°
'5
1-0
t '0
DreHanabala 0_ _ 0_ _ O __ O _ _ I~ 0
...
Total
4-70'14.022
"~,,
....
~.66'12.23814"311
""'.,,.
~T;:.r~T~·Hija:~qT~~:rm
E
C
0-
Q)
~
-
c: ....
rn
::l
Ta:iT;rZ1
(I"
....
0
2'811
~~ "lqT~~mr:
2'231
I
f;r~~ ~f;{~~T ~p.r~~: ~il~~~IJfT ~f~~: II ~ II '.:;)
Sloka 6. The positional strength (~TiI'~ _ Sttha_ nabaLt) has thus been treated of in this work. Hear the -if. 'f. 5
LArlh.1ir
34
Directional strength (~nt~ - Digbala) [rom the East onwards. Mercury and Jupiter are strong in the East or LJgna Bhava; the Sun and Mars in the South or 1Cth Bhava; SatUln in the West or 7th Bhava; Venus and the Moon in the North or 4th Bhava.
or. ~mEfitt1ft::rIQ fq~gqri:lT~"''i.;rmllT ~'eI1+f1\iqr ~~~'«;:~'r I ;r;:~ 'et{T~~ll\'ref.i~ ~t( qjirUT ~ ~'ll\'~~r~i{: ~: II Also~
i?;gJ ~rfu:~m ,fi:r~m'r ~4~ii: TElii'iraCfifr :q lfor
~~,....
•
~
~
~rll\'~r ~a.iq&5.;r~~r ;r+r:~~~r ~~
,,~~,..
~Tm~
ij \n(!'J
~
-..
ret6r'-'l':::l.fiil~r
...
+rqiit;z.U
AlsoB~
~.it ;f1
",....
.. '"
"
II
3T~f~i~l~l~~~~ ~~ih~ :s:tTqTi:~T~l{q ~e;r+{ltT~ I ~
itt\t1f +{litq:q;~~(+7.Jf !TI~~H!mJft~~~
~~ II
\9
II
~
II
"ilNtt ~~i(Q(T~m~ ~~liij ~T~f(~nl~Ji{: I ......
+
+r;:r;::qTR ij ~~iI'~
•
."
~T~~n q~ ~~,,~ !Tql~
II
Slokas 7 and 8. Subtract the 4th Bhava [rom the Sun and Mars; the 7th J3hava from Jupiter and Mercury; the 10th Bhava from Venus and the Moon; and the Lagna Bhava from Saturn. If the remainder should be in excess of 6 signs, subtract it from 12 signs. Heducing the result to minutes, divide the same by 10,800. What is obtained is the Directional strength (~..r~ - Digbala) in Rupas. I shall proceed to state the Temporal strength (
51. 9 ]
35
Let us find the Sun's Digbah. The Sun's position is The 4th Bhava IS Subtractmg, we get
0
17~
3 9
7 10
43' 30" 42 11 1 19
Since this exceeds 6 signs, we have to subtract the same from 12 signs, The result is 2 19 58 41 ThIs, reduced to minutes is 4798'7 DivIding by 10800, we gat the Sun's Digbala Do" '444.
ct. q<:r~H:;j{'-fi'f(~:rrrq: ~:rir ~r~riY:i!'f1i1f~ <:i'jR:J1rr~: [ +to.;q<:i'jg <[mat;?{'r~(,n "ls-.:rT~:r~ ....
"'lw.rnr~T'o;;q U+H~:i +rrrrrti~ '€i
'9"Rf II '('fa:
That is, ., Subtract the 4th bhava from the Sun ~s well as from Mars. Subtract the 7th bhava from JupIter as well as Mercury. Subtnct the 1st bhava from Saturn. Subtract the 10th bhava from Venus and the Moon. When the drfference 10 the several cases exceed SIX signs, subtract it from 12 signs. DIvIde the result by 3. What is obtained is to be reduced to degrees, etc. The result constitute fi:\.qB" (DIgbala) in Virupas, etc." ~~~fu:-
+r;:~~~"IT1i"'l'r~~rli ~ct m'if ~'eI'r';rir
,... G'
r~""r<{ {~~ij
II
Directional strength (R'~l'(-Digbala) of planets.
1-:;;: "", I,Of' I,,,
~., r~' I ~, G:-I'037 1'554 1'260 ['887 1'535 \'074
.
~
1
~~
~
;:r=ffii{~ 41(t{T~~l~~T ge{~i:fi'T T~;:r~=ffi~·n ~~:
~;:~~;rT ~'l~~+{1~ ~T~) ~~~iiiijijij~{~?;: II' II
36
[Adh. III
ija'aqT;rl~efflf q~r~a': ~~T~~~~ij) if~ ~~~ I ~~~ {1m :er ~;rI ~ ~q;t f€r~'-fitij~~Hltfr~~ ~~~ II ~ I) II SZaleas 9 and 10.
Mars, the Moon and Saturn ha ve strength by night. Jupiter, the Sun and Venus have potency by day. Mercury is strong at all times. In the case of planets having strength by day, take the ~;;net (U n. nata) and in the case of those strong by night, take the "'let (Nata). Reduce each to paJas, i.e, vighatikas and divide the same by 1880. The result is NZltonnatabala (.nt1;a'ij'Q(9) in Rupas. Temporal strength of this kind in the case of Mercury, by day as weJl as by night, should be put down a.s one I~upa. ;;JR!
f
t'
"
....
-,.....
~rqr~T~~r~iJTSr~
Also
T'
~
....
~aa ~ ;:a;;:~+(HH
,....""
T"Tm II
~~(1':n
f
c/.
t[\T~<:,
~r+r't:;J;fT~r({tH;;fTf%: ::(mrnR fa' ~~Tq: I
at
ij
r.. ~ qll!+~T
" ,....,....... . . ,~q-rq(i'jr+mr SH'ffi q(i'j <'flU ~.
(' ... " q-:;:J;J;fT({+rr: I
....
~~r;:
II
qf1!~ ~({r SJ~ \I
" From midnight to midday is called day. From midday to midnight, it is called night. The past nadis (ghatikas) during the day (i e., from midnight to midday) multiplied by 2 gives the K
37
S1. 11.12]
Sun, Venus and Jupiter. Mercury has 60 Vlrupls for thIS strength at all times (both during the day and mght)," ~C(Fr:r~a-:-
.......... " .... ~~( ~:n::r~~ ~q. ~?;r ~rr[~ f.&T;rr~'Qi .,ar~fr ~~;yr:;tfG1i
ifClr~Q;r~~
\:11r: \
' 468
=q,,~:
1 '
532
"!''t'''ir
\9
II
(N atonnatabala)
1 ::J;isr:
(
~'q: I ~'f: t ~: 1 ~T~:
m
1
1'00
1 .
I
'4-:~T~468 J.532 ,,~"I
~t(~~ ~~H ~+r;r;rH~~~~~n~~r~ q:;~I'iijrSij'r (I"
" " ' ' ' ' ' ' '
I
.q~ii~({TW-~ij) ;ri3aIq~ i£~ ~n~~ lil:arq~ 1\ ZZ II " " \' ij~;r ~ql~~g,ij;r;r '1)~;rT ~~~\;fn q~iif~ ~iHarT~ I " ~+{~~Urqr " . tHq~~TtJTl+n«Cf '" " :q CfaJ " II ri( II ;r~aJqaJ
.
SZokas 11 ancl12. The 1\,100n diminished by the Sun when found greater than 6 signs should be subtract. ed from 12 signs; and the difference reduced to minutes should be divided by 10,800. The result is the Paksha· bala (q~
......
,....""...,
~
f',
""
,,(;'
•
•
gm"~ raT~~?:Qc
,,!,p:rr"lT ~~o1 fEi-.:T f{?;+r~
\I
In the light half of the month the 1:f1{{<['19"(Pakshabala) of benefic pIa•
nets on any day
IS
r
past ThlthlS
U€ti
n umber or ThtthlS(fu[~) in the ('i~)Paks-ha-J-ie-.,-l-S
38
[Adh. III
the defect of this from um ty I::; the 1.TZ{iifO'i (Pakshabala) of the malefic Ones. In the dark baH of the month the '1(3'<[;;) (Pakshabala) of the benefic planets on any day IS number of Thlthis @f The defect of thIs from I IS Iff ~ In Ie "1:1 a,s a .. f', ., umty is the 1:f~i;O (Pakshab lla) of the malefic ones.
Of.
!nJ':,J\: ~
.................... .•• :.q;:~r~
-
....
rq~TI::!i
~*rf1:i~ fir~rl::.;rre!ir~T:rr?'li1ilT
'
fm1t4i?r'l. I
q~\\'l' ~<3fu;:~s:!'~~r~..ffatT ~ qf~a-: II Subtract the Sun from the Moon. If the difference exceed 6 signs, subtract It from J 2 signs. Reduce the result to degrees, etc. Divide this result by 3. What is obtaIned is the l1~q;;) (Paksha .. bala) III Virupas of the Moon, Mercury, Venus and Jupiter. The defect of this from 60 wtll gIve the 1:fwr", (Pakshabala) of the Sun. Mars and Saturn. Some consider Mercury malefic when associated with malefic pla.nets. The Moon IS reguded as benefic whether waxing or waning. The commentator 011 ·~;fFrr~cr:s:ii'r (SripatzpaddhatI) would treat f£"I (Budin) as £1.1 ways benefic.
Also see;;n.
tJr. II-9,
pp. 49-50.
q'~
[--
~ <;:[0[:
(Pakshabala)
1'9;:~: 1~or: 1 ~<:T: I ~'l": 1?j'fi: 1lfi/;.-r:
~_________ ·481 1.5181.481 . _ . ____ 1.5181.5181.5181.481 ____ __ __ _.J ~~~+nit, i{~ ij~q ij'l+'lrifu;\lt~lIt{f ~qcrr I ~T~ ijq'fd~R1Ql~$t :q \t~) ij~eni{~fuij~ II ~ ~ II Sloka 13. There are 3 equal divisions made of the day and 3 equal divisions made of the night. These taken in their order are owned by Mercury, the Sun, Saturn, the Moon, V <,mus and Mars. The lord of the
51.
39
13 ]
particular division of day in which a birth, etc., takes place has the strength of a Rupa. Jupiter has this strength (of a Rupa) at all times. Gf.
tfU~~.
~c
I
\i(;:~~RG~~Tf-.;rQ"a-: qf~ii1'
&IT''I'Tir ~s:r~~ ~ ft{~~ €HaI
~T~ii;:~;:[g~r{T:
~~a:r ~~: "
Qa1.l:
" Divide t.he day mto 3 equal parts and the nigh!. also mto 3 equal parts. The lord of that porhon whether of day or mght in '9:'hich the birth happens has 60 Vlrupas as his R
srrmf~+rrirsfaGl'~: ~~Tii:
ms€r
filmis~fir~f fir~T;:6 I
SfToj-.;rf ~..:~f~ 'ot' 'i.~: ~
.....
"
~~~
.....
".....
_
................ &l,::i[~4~~~ 56+1Tl'f. I ~
~ to
..
,....
,.....
,.....
..
(ir+~rOf,ri1fi~
..
'ot'
....
~ ~~-
II
~.mfur~+rr
,,., \ '"'<, 1 "" \ ,"' \ !l<'
\~,
"fit,
I
-0-1-0\-1-0\-1 0 0
40
[Adh. III •
"\f"
•
"'
,,"
,,"
"\
qT~ ~;r'fS~ ~ ~qm T~;;:r ~~P:r ~~OTFT~q~
I
~q ~&l~n~fij ~rner1~ij:t ~ &T~T~~~: ~~Tr1t: II~ \lll Sloka 14. A planet gets ~,iI, ~, and 1 Rupa for its strength according 8S it happens to be the lord of the year, the month, the week.day or the hour
........ :ap-Tr:s-rn;:r>:{f[
'"
,
Cf, 1:fn~\:.
tf't+rr~~~m.,r fafqfiaT~:;;~.HraT"fr: ..."....
,:.,.
I
(}
q;r~~r{rr'i:fq~CI' ~1Jl ~~~n~i1~
Ii
&TNrir ~tJ;f~m !! ffr~:;~~;;:r(i\'rq;H:
I
"The lords of the year, month, day and the Cfifi~'~rU (Kala Hora) hn ve respectively 15, 30. 45 and 60 Vlrupas for their strength. Durtog awn., (Adhalla), these hwe 30 VICUPJ.S. During fr.ror~~ (Chltpravesa), they have 45 VlrupJ.s." A year consists of 3 50 dlYS and a m )nth of 30 d:LYs. We are to find fr~m the number of days that have elapaed fro,n the time of ~iE!' (Snshtl) (Zit de 'I
Multiply the number of months elapsed since the creation by 2 and add 1. DivIde thiS by 7. The remamder will give the day of the week counted from Sunday, The lord of th",t day will be the lord of the month required.
S1. 14]
41
B.:~:1frr~ 3fl[<1Ur:- To find the number of terrestrial days elapsed since creation up to the day of bIrth in question. we proceed in the following manner:-
The number of years that have elapsed from creatIOn to the end of the last 'itiff:9;if (Kn tayuga) 1,953,720,000. (Vule ~fB~(j ch. 1, s1. 45-47). ~m~'T (freta Yuga)
1,2~6.000
~r1{t'i'T (Dwapara Yuga)
864,00:) 4.954
"fiT~!!I'T (K::.lt YUg.L)
Tolal
1,955,884,954=
number of years that have elapsed S1llce creation to the year of bIrth In questlCn, or 23,470,6:9,443 solar months. But m a great Yuga (4,320,0(10 solar years) there are 1,593,336 addItive months. ('ciR:r~fa Cbapter 1 Sloka 38). Therefore for 23,470.619,448 solar month~, the number of , 15G3336 addItIve moulhs IS 4J200U0 X 1,955,884,954 or 721,334,701 (wJthout the remallldel). Therefore, the number of lunar months elapsed since creat~on up t:) the month of bIrth IS 23.470.619,448 plus 721,3t:l4.701 or 24,192,004,149; and consequently, the num'Jer of lunar days e1 \ps' ed Slllce creatiOn up to the morning of Fnd'l.Y, i.e., the d \y of bIrlh in questIOn, IS 24,192,004,149X30+31 (z.e., the number of elapaed Tithis 111 ~"1.ChaItra). or 725,760,124.491. But there are 1,603,000,0:;0 lunar days In a Greal Yuga. and 25,082,252 subtractIve days; 'I.~f.;{~ia (Suryasiddhanta) ch. I, sl. 37 and 38. Therefore, for 725,750,124,491 lunar days the number of sub. 2508?')52 traclive days IS -4320'0'00 X 1,955,884,954 or 11,356,018,356 (omItting re mainder). Therefore. the number of terre3trial days since the crea.tIon up to the day of bIrth In question is 725,7tO,124,1-91 mmlts 1l,356,0lt',356 or 7H,404,106.135.
8l'r. t'f. 6
[ Adh.lII
42 )f
This divided by 7 leaves a remainder 6 which shows the day birth to be Friday. The <'H{'1 (Varapa), I.e., the lord of the week-
:lay
IS
therefore Venue.
Dividing tbe same number of elapsed terrestrial days by 350 wd:O separately, we get the two quotients 1,981-,455,850 and 2\813,470,204 denoting the yeus and mouths elapsed since the :reation. According to the rule given before, these quotients have to be multiplied respectively by 3 and 2 and the proiuct In each case lUcreased by 1 and divided by 7. The respective rem~inders are 5 and 6, Therefore, the lord of the year or 9" hf (Varshapa) is Jupiter and that of the month, +rf/3'i (Masapa), Venus. The word m'l:T (Hora) means an hour, ie, ~\ th part of a day as well as half of a Rasi. Some take It in the former sense anj otbers 1ll the latter. The lords of the horas C~JCr) accordlOg to the filst view are 7; ViZ., Jupiter, Mars, the Sun, Venus, Mercury, the J\Ioon and Saturn recurnng 1ll the same order. The lord of each week day I~ the lord of the 1st hora. For lllstance, the 1st hora on Sunday belongs to t.he Sun; the next to Venus j the third to Mercury; the 4th to the Moon; the 5th to Saturn; the 6th to Jupiter; the 7th to Mars; the 8th again to the Sun and so on. The last t.e., the 24th belongs to Mercury; so the 25th t.e., the 1st hora on MondlY, belongs to the Moon. This IS called Cfire'~T<:[ (Kalahora), The following Rule is §iven in lI[~+rr<:f(US (Muhurthamarthanda) for finding the lord of the litq (Hora) at any given time. r--..
....
~,....
....
"',...,""."~,,
~
TlnnSq;r;:rrcr(?iR~ ~T
~r hrr £:rita-: \I
'"
AscE'rtain the La~na at the tllne anJ subtract the Sun from the Lagna. MultIply the dIfference by 2. If the number of ~lgn<; exceeds 7, diVide It by 7. The remainder wIll show the order of the lit~T (Hora), The lord of the 1st litu (Hora) beIng the lord of the wee k day taken, a:certalO the lord of the iTl;:r (Hora) in question in the order shown lD the formula.
~RfR:rff~;:~r~;;rf"l'T~;;rr Ian~T £:rcr~: II
'"
To calculate the lord of the &:TU (Hora) in the horoscope, we proceed thus;
S1. 16
J
43 The Lagna is The Sun's position is
...
0-14-31·45 0-17-43-30
Subtractmg, we get
.. , 11.26·48·16
'0,
Mu1tlplying tbls result by 2, we have 23·23-3632, so that It i':l the 24th hora counhn3" from that of Venus i.e., the Moon's.
The subj Jined table gives the aggregate 911"'9'0 (Kalaba.la)
i. e , the Temporal strength of the pI ao ets.
___ p_la_n_et_s__
§I~
/(/)5
~____; ~
§
2
~
~
~~ ~_v____~__~ __~_~__a~
r l_ _
__
I
Natoonatabala
'468
·532
'532
'ODD
'458
'468
'532
Paksh::t1;}ala
'48i
'518
'48~
'si8
'518
'518
'48
0
o
o o o o
['DO;)
o o o
o o o
I '25
o
I0
,1 OJO
I
o o o
V"rshapabJ.b
o
M lsapabJ.la DlOlpabala
o o
HorapabJ.la
_0_1'000 \_O_ _ O_I_O_I~ 0
Total} Kalab ala 0'949
sm~~r:
I
~'05
I
2013
0
'0 I
1'518
, '5
'75
':'236
2'236 1'013
€r;qT ~f~~ q~qrq~q c:,:tarilTuT
""
,........
"'"....."
,,-..
~~H~~(aJHfij~ij~~~QTO:{f T~~~f
I
o~~T ~T~ftr~~~tTI~~ ~~ fera1.H ~rllr~ qm ~~~ 1HllTq~l{lJff~tqTf{ II ~ l.t If '>:)
.
!trig
"
""......
~n~3i~f({ "
=q
."""
'"
""
"-
~~ T~r~~T~(1'liij'-
........
C'''
•
;f.frif~{~T~~~{CI'~r+r+rT~~p-Tf{ ~{~
fitii
liF{l~tfG{~;:r~ qaJ~r~ ij~;:~"n
I
44
[Adh. III
Slokas 15-15't. The northern declination must be put down as additive upto its faithest limit from the Equator, and the southern as subtractive, in the case of Venus, the Sun, Mars and Jupiter. ThIs process is to be reversed in respect to the Moon and Saturn; J.nd the declination of Mercury whether to the north or to the south is always to remain additive. MUltiply the amount of declination in degrees by 3 and divide the product by the maximum declination, i.e., 24°, Viewing the quotient as H.asis, reduce it to minutes and divide this by 10,800 minutes and the result is the Ayanabala (at'-l'O'f - A) anabala) becomes proportionately dimlDished.
1! a Rupa.
•
"If!,.....
:a-:;:H+r~iI' •
SITar:
,..,.
f"'\.
!\
~ffi~ iff '!i;::r +rr-=~crrr ~
...
.,....,
'"
_
'ff
~1+l:{ ~mnq~~r ~qSP:r ~T~'Sf: ~'EfiT~zr:
11
+rr;'fi<::I:;;rrir (Bhaskaracharya) III his work called ~g<1'T (BrahI1la· tulya) alzas 'fi<::UTWi.'I' (Karanakutuhala) gIves the rollowlng rule for finding out the flifr'if (Krantl) or decimation of the planets North
or South.
;:9;: S6r~('{~Qslfif ;r;{+rfl'W:rr: ~o'i;r;{.if
"
qa:...;:!lT"
......
.....,....,'
~~ ~crr
Tf};'lJI'IOn
.
~'ffi'r~ilm;:r~lJI'rS+rTm:
II
ffft~~(fT <;'jostrf'ira-rf;r arT
•
~"
lat:q~iifi:
~
$/iTf;;('fiifi'ilST +rCfr..a
.....
,....
~'ffi'rlf
II
The maximum decl1natlOn, i.e, 24 degrees is reached when the planet has advanced 90 degrees from anyone of the Equinoctial Points. Six equal divisions of 15 degrees each are made of this
45
51. 16]
90 degrees and the above rule gives the decl1natlOtl In minutes of a BI;!fi'f;::[&: (Sayanagraha)-that IS, a planet whose progress along the EcliptIc IS measured from the Equlno::tial Point-at the end of these several divisIOns. At the end of the first 15°, Its declination is 362 mmutes; at the end of the 2nd, it IS greater by 341'; at the end of the 3rd, it is still greater by 299': at the end of the 4th, It is further mcreased by 236'; at the end of the 5th. it 1'> raised by 150' more; at the end of the Eth, it is stIll further increased by 52'.
A planet's distance from the nearest EqUinoctIal Point will reveal in which of these 6 diviSIons it is, and Its declmation may be determined accordIngly. Take for example the position of the Sun, Add the ar<{
0·17·43·30,
ZltZ J
The distance of the Sun from the Vernal EqUInOX IS 1·9.31 8 The Sun has advanced 9>:) 31' 8" in the 3rd divIsIon. Therefore the 9° 31' b" decltnation =362'+341'+ 150 x 2S9'=892'737 minutes; SInce this is his northern decltnation, this is addItive. It has to be added to 1440', The total declInation of the Sun from the zero· point (the point where the ~
~
·8099 ... of a Rupa. This is certamly round-about. shorter and simpler. It is this.
~~I'56rf;:Ci+rr~~aT :5'~
Kesava Daivagna's method is
m;e:r: ~r;::ir~ffi';rc: '56i1'm'r;;q'~";~:
f;{~r~ Q'(qt i(i.'ifr+~~~'Uir .-r~~r;q'.y ~rqil'~@I' ~~1l.. 1/
I
Q, "
Find the amount of dechnatlOn in degrees from the zero-pomt and divide this by 48 degreer:. (the decImatIOn from the zero,poIDt to the maXlmum point). The result is the ~'Fp;r(15" (Ayanabala) in Rupa. It Will be useful to quote here what ql:r~<: (Parasara) has said in this connection~T~~t~ifinl~m~'tf;rtqf;l;ffu: g't: 1/
~it~~r ~+rrl{r~l.-rriT: ~rGttraCi: I
~" U?(;q'rfG:~ ~'!Yr~
'C{ "
[Adh. III
46 ~rf'l!T~i:i"j:f~r ~\i':rr;:~qrfa:~~!! ~~"I'~ I ~
.
'e"ifFf~rrqq>U('i ~r~~~r ~\i!lrfr'q~
ij I
+lr.n~ fo;:rf+r~'\f; !1~rIJlTl1r~~'"
~~rl:rIJI~=r~ (Graha) or planet. If this ~'l (Bhuja) is less than one sign, multiply the degrees by 1J. If greater than one sign and less than two sIgns, multlply t.he degrees, etc" by ~J and add 45 thereto. If the ~if (Bhuja) IS greater than two signs, multiply the degrees, etc, by } ~ anJ add 78 to this result. This result is to be subtracted from or added to 90 degrees in the case of the Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Venus accordl!lg as they are in any of the six sIgns from Libra to Pisces or from Aries to Virgo (both InclUSIve). In the case of the Moon and Saturn thiS process is to be reverser. That IS 90 deJrees is to be added when they are from Libra to Pisces and when they are from Aries to Virgo the result is to be subtra.:ted from 90 degrees, Planets
Sun
\ Krant! m degrees
----::.1
I North or SOI1~_l.
Ayanabala
14"8;7
Nodh
--'-8-10--
18'98 ~
South
'895
Mars
7-806
North
'662
Mercury
6'420
North
'633
43'607
South
'008
13 657
North
'784
17'938
North
'126
Moon
Jupiter
'''1
I
Venus
... ,
Saturn
... I
I
I
47
S1. 17 ]
In the case of Mercury 90 degrees is to be always added. The resultmg sum or difference as the case nny be IS to be reduced to degrees and divided by 3. The result. will be the "'<1~;;r
eft~~~~ ij''[~~~~)! ~f!~: ~n ~;r~l;.r II ~ ~ II "'
"<:',,,
t'\" "'"
~fl~r~9I~~~~,{if~1.iT~n;:r~:aT Ter~~ C'
"
~ ~CfnererUCf~T ~?:qlqT~{1Jf ...
'"
"''''''''
'"
t'\
I
8lokas lf5f.-16 j. When two planets are in conjunc. tion, i.e in planetary fight-and their longitudes agree even to a minute-the total strength of each s:lould first be calculated and the difference in their strength should be divided by the dl fference in their latitudes; the result is to be added to the strength of the victorious planet in the North and to be subtracted from that of the van. quished planet in the South. I
Two planets are said to be In war when they are in conjunc. tion and the distance between them is less than one degree. Cj q'J~~. .. .. ~I;:qGlir\[<1f~~ i
Rf:$q
Gf(?;~r?ifrft fifi~G~ Gf~ +!~~
II
Ascertain what the aggregate of the several balas (detailed hitherto) of each of the fightmg planets is. Find out the dIiference between the two aggregetes. Thl:l difference IS to be diminished from the total strength of the conquered planet and added to that of the conquering. The results Will show the strength of the planets after the fight. That planet is overcome which is rough, discoloured or south of the other. That is the conquerer whose dISC is the brighter and larger whether it be north or south of the other.
?o':UOitrm:....
,..........
......
t'S'~
....
•
~~ GfrUTrq'!fm~~~:q{qrqr'!fQj';:r~H;:CI{
I
~ct ~r+:q~~~ ~4 oq <:r;rf~Qj'GOi~~:q ~~T~~ II
48
[Adh. "''''('1
lIt
,
+i~~~q~~~~f~~~l~;r ~=ffiT=ij~~T-
~i{~~ ~q~Ti!;N~~~fif o:~o:r~ cr~Qt~ 1\ ~ \9 II '"',....., .::.,. . ~
"'\
\TT~:n;:+r'e~!i~TqTQ 'ijcr~~ ~!l~:a:{er.:;:~ ~
~
~
~
~
tfsH~H~isl~efii{q;:r~;::qij~(i$r-;~tfefi~ "-
,......
,.....
•
I
(to
~~~n T~an ~ij~ijT(~TijH .HJ~ 'li~ ~~
1'\
Ii:,...
"".
~ "'~ ~ '"
~
~~FnT.f ~'lG:~ ~T~Q ~{F(~!i!Ti.,[~:
II ~ C II
8lo kas 1(j ~ -18. If the Mean planet exceed the True planet, subtract the latter [rom the former and add half the chfference to the ':iffm~ (Sighrochcha). vVhere the ~q"li! (Spashta) or True planet exceeds the +fl:.<:j' (Madhya) or Mean planet, subtract the latter from the former and diminish the Sighrochcha by half this difference. FlOm the Sighrochcha thus Increased or decreased as the case may be, take away the +{'i!f (Madhya) or Mean planet. The result is m~~;:;r (Sighra - Kendra) or ~llr%;:$f (C hcshtakendra) .. If it exceeds 6 signs, subtract it from 12 signs. Reduce the remainder to minutes and divide the same by 1O,mO minutes. The resulting quotient in Rupa measures the ~'!fq~ (Chcshtabala) as explained by the wise seniors in Astrology. Kesava Daivagna expresses the same with greater breVity and clearness as follows:~'i'l;j~q'l~ai~(?jrf.ro'€l~ ~fZr~q~;:ij' @3irq: I
~r~~~iTar,rq: '<:~a- q:sr;:.:r~ qS.:~:1iI ~f!(qi?llJ,. II 1 he Cheshtakenclra of the planets, Mars, etc. j IS their Sighrochcha dlmUJ1shed by half the sum of theIr mean and true positions. Parasara lays dc)wn the followmg for ascertaining the ,rl\l9i?i (Gatlcalas) [i.e., (I) li'TRl (Vakragati), (11) ~~rrfu (Rujugati), (111) f9
gati)] of planets;
49
51. 18] qf~~$f;if~ q"ffi;r~!fiifa- ~ I Q'T~ fEr
Q'l~ 4~if~~ ~~ 4~~~ =q I ~~~~~ Q'Ta:r.:r ~
The strength of a planet when er'fi (Vakra) or retrograde is 60 Vuupas. When a1~
* V~de 5!i~'1
commentary by T'terf
1.t
an. 11.
7
[Adh. lit
50
This beok will prove a valuable compamon to the student of Astraogy as it enables him to calculate the tf~WB:: (Panchangam) and the planetary positions at any given time from 2000 13. C. to 3000 A. D.
The ~1!T'ili;:i\ (Cheshtakendras) of the five planets from Mars as determined from Mr. Ketakar's Tables are given below;~H!ri!f~~
(Cheshtabala)
------.--------~--.--~.------~----------______
~ ~_'"_: __
~,_9: ~I---~-~-;.-.---~~: ~__ ~f~_
______ __
'189
'7<)5
'794
~
,
~
'062
~
~;G:T~.,T~?!~~Jf~~qT~I!iJ~~;:~T~;rI~T~TrJTr~
.....
~ ~
•
~
"'f:.
"
,,\~
~~T~~ ~q;ri(lt{~~ ~ijTi(~ ;rp-lv:~f~U;:ij
II
I ~~
II
Sloka 19. The natural strengths ~~m
"..
.................
~C{ ~!!GT~
srr'tfi
~
"'f'
1'f~:n'ICfi+t~r
"l?!
I
qf!~~qC{: ~8~':fT q~~':fTrn~~: II "\ '<{~,!;f~':fTfc'~~~t~r; ~;qf{f;.rt r;rqi[~: I
"I he ~Bfi1cfi
respectively."
.........
"".~
~r~~r'i.'f~~fJJ:frI{rq~~
f"...r--
<1\
~~i?i
~;:;;:;r{;iJij(iiI:l'3'iliw.u~~r~!JI~~r~t 'iIi+UQ. II ~ () II
S1. 20 ]
51 ~ffi7£
1_<1<' :
"'~: _I ,~, 1-==-[
ll"
[ ;J>i'
!
I~OOO 1·8\7 [ '2351'408['571 I~ .,42 ~T+~~ ~f!?!~l~~~ crl~ qTqTi1fii~ ~f[{f;:r~ I ~WTfq ~Tflt~l~ ~
;rl q ~:ffi' ~T;:j ~~ ~r;r~~-?1T
~Q
Sloka 20.
When a planet is aspected by benefic ones, a fourth of the aspect is to be added to its 5 balas [~~(?; (Stthanabala), ta;lOf(?; (DigbaJa), tm(?;Of(?; (Kalabah), ~!'rar(?; (Cheshtabala), fu€f~q~ CNisargabala)], previously enumerated; when it is aspected by malefic planets a fourth of the aspect is to be deductej from the aggregate of the aforementioned 5 balas. The result becomes the
t[U~\ • ..
,,'"
~+rqf1:r ~n"~
r-...
aIT"f ::q I
q~Of~rfir 'J;fi[ri1lT ~~1q~'lirii!i(nfu ~ II
"The five
ilI"'..
....
'"'
.,....
G'
'"
~
~1':lfTi(f ar(?;m~~ :q 'r~ijl!'fr~~-q<6r~~::rr: II , ~ II
[Adh, II
S2 ~~
r:::
Planets
:::I
tJ)
(Shadbala)
.......
rJJ
....
...
~
~
::g
0 0
...
::l
r:::
C
...
:::I
:::I .....,
>
C.
ill
-
...:::Ir:::
rJJ
Q)
(J
....
t:i
Q)
C
,
Stthanabala .. , 4'707 \ 4,022 3'667 2'238 \ 4'311 2'811 2'231 Kalabala
...
Digbala
,
Avanabala
..
..
0'949 2'050 2'013
I
\'518 2'235 2'236 1'013
'444
'037
'554
'260 [ '887
'535
'074
,
'810
'895
'662
'633
'008
'784
'126
Chesbtabala ...
'810
'518
'189
'794
'795
'049
'062
Naisargikabala 1'000
'857
'285
'428
'571
'714
'142
.... Total
I
!
... 1872018'37917'370 [5'87118'808 7'12913'648
-
-
t Subhadrishti +'295 +,109 +'361 +'338 +'261 +'330 +'196 t Papadrishti "
,.,
-'291
... ..
,
-'456
.. ,
-
...
Total} J 9'01518'197[7'73116'209[8'613 7'459! 3'844 Sbadbala, I
~llltRfu?fiij ~~tTtm~ aTm~ijT fir~ ij~&On Fr~~~~ I
~~ :q~'t~r:~ tJft~¥r :;.r ~:q.:r ~$i: ll~~;ft~~ II ~ ~ It
tl1 falqiij
;{
Sloka 21. When a ~rcr (bhava) is aspected by bene. fic planets, a fourth of the aspect goes to swell its strength; when malefic ones aspect it, its strength is to be diminished by a fourth of their aspect, If the first ~rC{ (Bhava) should be a human Rasi, put down one Rupa as its Digbala; if a quadruped or a watery sign, its Digbala is i a Rupa; if a reptile, its DigbaJa is nothing, After
53
51. 22-23]
tbese operations, the true strength of the Lagna or the first ~q" (bha va) will be obtained. This is only a special instance of the general rule enunciated in the 23rd Sloka. If the first Bhava be a biped sign, the seventh Bhava has to be subtracted from it. The difference is 6 signs exactly. The Digbala is consequently a Rupa. When the first Bhava is a quadruped sign, the fourth BhavJ. is to be deducted from it. The difference here is 3 signs more or less. Hence the Dlgbala is put down roughly as half a Rupa.
mqm:-
iWI~r';crr'Nl'.rriir(l'r: ~ (1'(1') ~r~q'~t'i
~mi'fif~rlA~orr" ~q~~;r: 1/
~~tf~etR:~~~m ~~~m~lffl( ~q;:Q: I fif~fir~aijttT fet~t?(~ ~ij~iR~tfRff?tt~: ~r~ II ~ ~ Sloka 22. The signs which are termed watery, quadruped and reptile are strong in the 4th~ 10th and 7th Bhavas respectively (their strength in this case being measured by one Rupa.) They are strengthless in places which are the 7th from those mentioned a bove. And in the intermediate places their strength is to be found out by rule.oi-three.
~l{(;:q~tfi:~~ :q~fit{~t~~ ::q ~1~~t?~R~li ~ I fet~)~~ ~ ~q~ck ~t{T~~ N~1~tf :q~R~'f,ft,:tJ~~~ II ~m W'ArdICi~mr~T ~iJO(iq\(a'r ~fl:.~~iJ1~:
Sloka 23. Subtract the 7th ~rq' (Bhava) from one represented by a human Rasi; the 4th ~or (Bhava) from that which is a quadruped i the first from one which is a reptile; the 10th from one which is watery. If the remainder exceed 6 signs, subtract it from 12 signs, and get the ~l~ (Digbala) as before, [i.e, reduce the remain. der to minutes and divide the same by 10800 as was done in finding the ~ (DigbaJa) of planets].
[Adh. III
54
The aggregate strength of a Bhava IS composed of 3 Items: (t) the aggregate strength of its lord; (2) a fourth of the aggregate (Drishtl) up:m It of planets both benefic and malefic, together wIth the entire aspect of JupIter and Mercury; (3) Its Dlgbala ascertalOed with special reference to lis character as a biped, a quadruped, a watery or a reptile sign (rude Jatabpanjata, Adhyaya, I, Slokas 15-18).
m
Ct.
K
anT T'5!''CfT .....
.."
'"
to
......
~
(;J(?;t{1li I=fCfi+l:. i
,...... ......
.."\
;:r+rI'lT
'Cf<{rHl'clT
'" c:o
f"'..
+ii
f"o..
"'
T[(fflt ~+l'3:f:qr;:.itN !f~'l'f !f9;'i'F. ~ II
~
,....""...",~......................
~r+
'CfOfOll;ff,[O:(f("+r:;r
......
"",
......
~
~1~T~
1 ~m:
I
~
,.....,.
9;riJ{'5!' CfiPH II
~"fiR:q...;rr+~:q (TrOT +!'rR :;rr !fr~ iT~m+;;r{+rrfij-(fTfir I
~~r 1lI'~
: : - 30-0- -
8'613 (total strength of JupIter) PIllS
X /"731 (total bala
of Mars) or '465 PZus 7'3166=7'781. Also tt\RK ,....,
~"..
~~!1l!:"'ij~r~r ~
'"'
.~
9;('£ If'
•
('
to ..."'\
~~f'!f?;~lif: ,..",
..
~TOfIrn'~~
~~~r+
1{aWr
I
<:f(?;+l:. II "lr~~~ I
,..... "".....,.....t" +T~{~I~~ ~+r~ <,{f:;ri:'l'~
II
~9:'I::r~~q-r~"I''t!rcr~;rM~~+lT~ I ~n:qrQ'l:f{rir:li~r ~q~
at:t>: q;cf.~'fil'irrq. ~'rl"~r;g:riij +T1'l+rr~ t ~ ~~ !Ii+T~~ ~ ~~crT[-rfu~ m1r II
55
51. 23 ] ,....
~
"'"
.....
1"\
0
:q'JfiTfa~rl;
I
+I"(qr.:rt :q mffOlf :q Gf~r;:~€r Ri~1i.fr: II
.. The strength of a Bhava is the total Shadbala of its lord (ascertained by processes described above) wIth cer tain additions and subtractions. If there be any benefic placets aspectlOg' th~ Bhava, add a fourth of their Drigbala. And if there be malefic phnets also viewmg the Bhava, subtract a founh of theIr DIlgbala.
If Mercury and JupIter aspect the Bhava. lhelf entire Drigbala on that Bhava IS to be further added But If JupIter and Mercury or one of th-lll1 be in the Bhava itself, add one Rupa to the Bhava-bala. And If S Lturn, Mars and the Sun or anyone of them be in the Bhava, a Rupa IS to be subtracted from the Bhava-bala.
Subtract the 7th BhJ.va from Mlthuna, TuLl, Kanya, the first half of Dhanus and Kumbha. Subtract the +th Bhava tram the first half cf Mahara, from the latter half of Dbanus, Mesha, Slmha and Vnshabha. Subtract the first Bhava from Vtlschlka and Kataka. Sublract the lOth Bhava from the latter half of Makara and from Meena. H the difference should exceed 6 signs, subtract It from 12 sIgns. Reduce the result to degrees. Divide this by 3. What is obtained is the Dlgbala of the Bhava in Vlrupas," tfU~, also adds atw;rg~r~U+fr* ~!m: ct~;n~f~U: I 'iP.:fF;;p.;f; ~U: ~f~
'{o
~f1iJ06
'l,aTilci'
~
~fa~ ~e:f~'lr i!'cI'T; II
........
"-
~er+
I
QllllT";r'-l: "~r.i
;::
"'.
'e\cGfH '" ~~
~
.....
Sfi+tr=ifr+i+t;:~:qT:
qlJ!lTC(
fu::ac~~~r: ~ar~r .,..~r1.i:l' ilffu;ifr ~
+rTq~?Tr",,!:ri[: ~
~,..,
m+rN,. I
N-fi::
'" .................. '" Sl"1'ffi
~
~q'r Gf<.?i(~: "Ii~r(1r ~ f!qr~ tfi;:i:n!~:
II
II
+H
34567
,
.. I 7'781 I 6908
Bhavaswamlbala
'
Bhavadngbala
,"
'328
Gnejyadngbala
'"
'56::
BhavadigbaJa
'"
'462
Bhavabala ",
I
9'133
I
I
5900
228
148
7'955
II 7'789 I 9530 I
1'440
'511
308
CJ1:'
(The Strength of the several Bhavas)
I
'692
I
8'180
'130 1439
I
1'00
I I
208 1022 '179
11O~;;T:o 939
!
7043
7392
'119
- 093
'7~9
'830
'179
" ,
-! \8100
8129
89
I
Ol 10
11
12
' 7'130
7845
4822
4'136
8648
-263
-178
-168
-'059
'267
599
368
'189
392
'840
'846
308
8312
8343
I, i
I
100 5843
'641 \ 5110
,
'358
! 10 113
"Planets are saId to be fairly strong when thelr aggregate Shadbala does not fall short of the figures shown below agamst each planet : Sun 390 Virupas Moon 360
"
Mars 300 Virupas Mercurv 420 "
JupIter 390 Virupas Venus 330 .,
~~.
~) fol
w
Saturn 300 Vuupas
If the bala shouldl exceed these figures, it is full. The strength I of a BhavaTcorrespcnds to the strength of its lord. Jupiter, Mercury and the Sun should have got under the heads of ~T (Kala) and '''If (Ayanabala) 165,35, 50. 112 and 30 Viru~as respectIvely fto be called strong, Venus and the Moon under the same heads should have 133, 50. 30, 100 and;40 Vlfupas. Mars and} Saturn should have (under the same heads) 96, ~O, 40, 67 and 20
Virupas.
...... >0..
-
?"'
-.
'-d
S1. 1.2 J
57
Among the several planets which are associated with a Bhava, that planet that has the greatest Shadbala mfluences It most."
End of the Third Adhyaya. ""\t
:qr!~s~~r~! ,.... ~
"'~
'"
" <:' r;:rf1l1t: I T~~~T{f~f~Fl~~ ijQ~~~T~;.yll~.rfl~l:1T~ij I(t II
~!~!i{~'~lJftf'~~H ~eJiH~ ~ 'fi'~
Adhyaya 4. Sloka 1.
As the ascertainment of good and evil accruing to a person depends upon an accurate measure. ment of the good and evil forces influencing his nativity, the method of exactly determining thes~ forces for good and evil is to be treated of in this chapter in view to remove the doubts of students of Astrology.
"
""'" " "',,'" ~T~Tr;rnH ~q!ijU !i~;:~n tf~+m~~ ill'J~QT Ter~T~tJn
I efit?liQ'T ~troefi~lfll~R~n +ff~m~fm: ~~ ~~~ii7;f: II Sloka 2.
First find the exact position of the pLl.nets and diminish them by their depression figures; if the difference exceed 6 signs, subtract it fn n 12 signs. Reduce the result to minutes. Add 18')0 minu~e3 thereto and divide the sum by 1800 minutes. The resulting figures give the exaltation rays :a-;un~+r (Uchcharasmi) of the planets. G"<:l"J<:
;ft~ ~ ,......
!.It +IT'ifNifa- ~;f;lfkm'e[~fG:. I ~'"'
,......,
~
.......
"..."
. .
:a-;UH~+f+{q:rrr~: ~
II
"From the figures denotmg the positIOn of a planet, take away the figures denoting Its depresSIOn point. And If the dIfference exceed 6 signs. subtract It frcm 12 signs. And to the figure
3Tf. 11. 8
58
[Adh. IV
denoung the number of signs
ltl
the rema1l1dcr add J,
The figures
denotmg the number of degrees, l11lnutes, etc., are io be doubled. The sum of the two results represents the '3",;;r\~l1 CUchcharasmi) or the exaltatIOn rays of the planet." The Sun's positlOn is 0·17.43-30 15 6.10
Its depression
Subtractir.g, we get
As
tlllS
result
6·-7·43.30
exceeds 6 Signs, subtract lhe same from 12 signs. 5.22-16-30.
The
IS
The 3'>J<:~li CUchcharasrm) I~ (5 t1) plus tWice (22-J6.30) or 6-44·33, that 15,6'7+2 which IS the same as obtamed from Snpatill's rule, t.e., reducmg 6·22·16·30 into mmutes and diVIdIng by 1800, t.e., 12136' 5 -1800-
<:I~H~+l"
or
6'""{,'
/
4..
(Uchcharasmi Chakra).
Ii "",'~' .v... I
:~I'.. I·
I,
'-1 Of
---.,-'
I -"
~1·
I ~p ~~..
-[
'ir"'" Dr ~~11·
':;T'I""'. "'(,1 ~I
( : 13"383150003110307120119160431 110264 """"=-~-"-.-..
"
"',...."
"',
.
;q:~T~~ef.i;~r1O'r ~iifna:~l;rlfl~nij ln~frl'l;U~~~: ,...
,...
"'\
"'\
,... "'\
t\
"'\
"'\
",\,...
I
' \ \'''\
13f+1n~~TS~~H.'f;:r ~lt1~i~~~;~ l~ ij;qT+1er~rf{ II~U
Sloka 3. The Cheshtakendras of the five planets beginning with Mars ha ve be;:n treated of already. Add the Ayanamsa ('iIl<.TilT1IT) to the Sun and increase the sum by 3 signs, The result is the Cheshtak\~ndra of the Sun. Subtract the Sun from the Moon to ubtain the Cheshta. kendra of the Moon. For the ~e:rEfi;:i\s (Cheshtakendra) of the 5 planets Mars, Mercury, etc., '1)zde Adhyaya 3, Slokas 17 and 18 mpn. The Sun's ~ET;i·it l Chestakelldra) =-0.17° ·43' ·30" Pitts 0-21 0 ..
+7'·38" plus 3 slgns=4·9° -31 '·8".
S1. 4.5 J
59
The Moon's ~qrCh;:~ CCheshtakendra) 0.17°.-1-3'.30" or 8.26'''.46'·9/1.
Cf.
~~q~f'1:~
,....,....... ....
,..,
~q~~ii~~rlf;r~rq'~ln!r~q':p;:~
,,1'1....
•. . .
~
.....
lH~!.'e'rcr"rr
srTnr~
aa;
=
9·14° .29'·39/1 minus
~
a--4 r¥ "..
....
q:p.:rr:r.r Q II i
~ II
Also l;fU:
, .
,....
::q~r'li;:;r ~~rG;RTT
(\>
.....
,,'"
li.OI'fI/:1H
II
~!r(O~ri{rtJ1.f~fTij 1f~ ilN~rt~~:[Hit ;:,p~fqrr~ I «nfur~"fA: ~{qfe:~;~i~mij ~!r~1.ftHT:q1.f: ~~: Ilij II Sloka 4. If the Cheshtakendras exceed 6 signs, they are to be subtracted from 12 signs and the difference reduced to minutes. Add 1800 thereto and dIvide the sum by 1800. The result expresses the Che5hta rays. The Sun's ~I CChesht.l.) rays:-::. ~·9·31·8 P!1I~ 1 or 5'3173. The Moon's ~~ (Cheshta) lays WIll be 12 signs minus 8·26.46·9 plus 1 sign or 4·3·13-51 =4']077, The cumbrousness of the author's rules has been pomtej oui more than~ once. The \3'i6f (Uchcha) and ~l!f (Cheshta) rays can be obtamed by mul hplymg the ~
!"" ~~
(Cheshtarasmi Chakra).
'''' [ '""
I'~' i ~, 1 I 1'""'; !1"
<1'"
15'317\4'10812'133 \ 5'764 [ 5'774\1'29711'375
~'t)Rqr;rf ~~((rr~a!r;rt ~qr~;rr ~q:q'~ ~~~ I ~I"\.
"....,
•
'"
"
~
-..
),{11:T
Bloka 5. Subtract one unit from the units repre. senting the rays of the planets. Fmd the sum of the Arithmetical Progression whose first tenn is one and the
[Adh. IV
60
common difference is also one and the number of terms the number representing the net rays) and divide this sum by 3 times the rays; the results are the ~'i"{~Ii1fi~ (U ch. charasmiphala) and the ~!r<~R1fi~ (Cheshtarasmiphala). After gomg through all the elaborate processes prescribed by the author, we get a result whIch IS no other than the Uchchabala and Cheshtabala already found out (vzde Adhyaya 3 Slokas 2 and 18). It is not clear why the student should have been bothered about the details of iT~1 -Sreidhee (Arithmetical progression). All this is pithily expressed by Kesava Dalvagna thus : -
lc ~!r'i"~ ~~Rffir~~ #~ R\ifr ~~Ii~: ~~I1!i'~~~~n qcl.T~~i ~r~ir~~trr; '~nar;~~~~ ~
I
Cfi!+PT ~Hrci' G;:(TTtrT: 1fii'15'1\ II
'" 2.:~= -V(~'i"q~ X ~Br~~) <}i~ = -v(1-~'i"
.
"
.. "
"\
"\"
ijifQ~~ 't~rij~«~ ij ij~~!Tsr ~er 'fi~
ij I
fq~)~"tf ~qT~q~~rij\~ W: ~!Trlt"~~Tt{YfT~ II~ II Sloka 6 Multiply the figures representing the two phalas (1fi~). The square root of the resulting product expresses the good due to the Uchcha (~'i"-exaltation) and the Cheshta balas of the planets. Subtract the two phalas (~~~-Uchchaphala, and ~!r1fie--Cheshtaphala) sepa.rately from unity and multiply the remainders toge. ther. The square root of the product gives the evil that is to accrue. The Sun's '3"~<:~+r~ (Uchcharasmiphala) is '957. His ~~~ (Cheshtarasmiphah) is ·SlO. The product of the above two, i.e., '957 X 'SIO~'775170, The Square-root of it is '880 whIch is the Ishta. The Kashta = Y-043 X '190 ::::: -090. Similarly the Moon's Ishta=-y"397x:5i8 = '453. The Moon's Kashta =-V·603x -482 ='539. The Ishta portion of Ma.rs=-V·667 x '189 ::: •355.
61
S1. 6 ] The Kashta
.,
=.y'333x'81l=·519.
Mercury's Ishta=Y'()5t
'794 = '201,
X
Kashta=.y·949x'206 ='442.
"
JupIter's Ishta=.y '186 X '7S5 = '384, "
Kashta::::Y'S14 X "".:205 = '408.
Venus' Ishta "" .y '90S x '049
"
Kashta:= .y·095
"
Kashta =
X
= '2lO.
'951 == ':00.
Saturn's Ishta == .y '044 x '052 ir&flJTrr5i~Ofi~:q~ll.
==
'052.
,v'956 x ~93s = '947. (lshta & Kashta of Planets)
I
~l!:
(Ishta)
.. ,
'S80
'453
i '355
'201
. 384
'2l0
'052
CliF:
(Kashta)
...
'090
'539
Ii .519
'442
'408 I '300
,947
Parasara lays down a dtfferent rule for finding the ~l!: and 'lie: He says: ~iij'n~~cr~ri'f'T~ ~~r{~+1 ~~~a: I ~ t! EJ+R:~~: ~r~~~~r crfflarsEJ+f: II ...... ~ .... ~ ~" ~ ........ ~!jJ'ij~rCf)U
r,,\rnr&~"r
~~~ft{~if:;;lf~~r([. 1lI'fu'~lir
t!
~r;;:r~Q:.
q"fffci:
I
'li~~ II
Obtain the ~~r (Cheshta) rays in the same way as you got the ~ (Uchcha) rays. Add the two results. Half of this wIll be ~+r (Subha) rays. The defect of this from 8 will represent the ~ (Asubha) ones, Again, subtract 1 from each of the figures denot. ing the ~~ (Uchcha) and ~m (Cheshta) rays and multiply the remainders by 10 and then add together the two products, Half the result will represent the ~2: (Ishta) and the defect of this from 60 will be the Cli2: (Kashta) portion. Thus, the Sun's \3"~~fl{+r (Uchcharasml) is 6"742 and the ~E:r ~~1'f (Chesharasmi) is 5'317. His ~+r\:f:i1'f (Subharasml) is therefore ~ (6'742+5°317) = 6'030. His ~~il\:1~" (Asubharasmi) 158
minus 6'030 or 1'970,
62
[Adh. IV The ~ (I~hta)=~ -.: 10 (6'J;1-~-1)+ 10 (J'317 ~l
t
=:
57'42,":1-43"17 == ~OO'59 == 50'295 2 2 • The Cf.2:
IS
60
1II1lIitS
5(/295 ==
~n05.
. &:O:1.H'i-CTilT "."" l&:
'" " ijTPU -l~;S,", ~~~ ~l~(?mi{
'"
"'" I
;:r~ ~$~ ~
«~~~[Ufr :q "r:ij': q:;~p:~f ~ qr~~i+qf R~cn: ~$i!r: ~g;: II Multiply the ag~re;ate q~
Sloka 7.
The Sun's Shadb:tla is The Sun's Ishta IS The Sun's Kashta is The product of (1) & (2) Tile pr-lduct of (1) & (3) The The The The The
S\:;15 'S80 '090 IS IS
MJon's Shldb:tla is Moon's Ishta )s Moon's Kashta IS product of (4) & (5) IS product of (4) & (6) is
Mars' Shadbala is Mars' Isllta is Mars' Kashta is The product of (7) & (8) is The product of (7) & (9) IS Mercury's Shadbala is Mercury's Ishta IS Mercury's Kashta IS The product of (10) & (11) is
(1) (2) (3)
7'9332 '8 i 135
8'197 '453 '539 3'713241 4"418183 7'731 ·355 ·519
(4) (5) (Ii)
(7) (8)
(9)
2"744505 4'012389 6·209
(10)
'201 ·442
(12)
1·248009
( II)
""
S1. 7] ~_~
63
-.:.1!!~1 S~
""~_"-"'R
",-,~"""_",
__
-"~_~~
__
~"",~,,,,,,,,,,",".,...~
. . . . ,,,,,_..,, ................
The product of (\0) 8:: (12) is
2744378
Jupiter's Shadbala IS Jupiter's lsbta is Jupiter's Kashta IS The product of (13) & (14) The product of (13) 8:: (15)
8'613
'384 '4G8 3' 31]7 392 3'514104
IS IS
(13) (14) (15)
Venus' Shadbala IS Venus' Ishta I~ Venus' Kashta IS The prociuct of (L) & (17) IS The product of (16) & (18 IS
7"459 '210 '300 1'56639 2'2377
(16) (17) (18)
Saturn's Shadbala is Saturn's Isht9. IS Saturn's Kashta is The product of (19) & (2(') IS The product of (19) &: (21) ;5
3'844
(19) (20) (21)
'052
'947 ' '199888 .)'640268
f
I
Ishta
...
7'933
3'713 2'744
Kashta
"
.
0'811
4'418 4,012 2744 3'.514 2'237 3'640
\'248 3'307 1'566 0'199
-
The Drigbala accrued to the Sun by the Moon's aspect is '723 see page 20 supra. His Ishta is '1380 and Kashta. '090. The Sun's Ishta Drigbala is therefore '723 x'S80 or '63624. His Kashta Drigbala is '723 X '090 or '06507, The Drigbala by the Sl1n's aspect over the Moon is '277. Moon's Ishta IS '453 and Kashta '539. The Moon's IshUt Drigbala
IS
The
"277 x '453 or '125481.
The Moon's Kashta Drigbala is "277 x "539="149303. lady in the other ·cases.
Simi ..
t Adh. IV
64 ~!~rn:;;;~~ (Ishta
I
Planets
Sun
I
Moon
I
Drishti-Ohakra)
Mars
i~[ JupIter I Venus I ~ '344 '083
'155
Mars
'050
180
Mercury ...
'036
'169
Jupiter Venus Saturn
401
'049
:::I .,.1
111 351
I
q;fW~T.I'Sii~ Planet>
Sun
-'---
I
I
344
'189
Moon
'121
I ...
I
•.. I
276
... I
I
'060
191
Mercury ...
'043
'179
'041
059
'415
'503
'132
'246
Saturn
'418
'293
"i};':(f~:-
~:lt ~q ::q~I1f~f~ij ~eilUt ~~si 'lTllf~T.,t ;r;'Il~Nij\~~it fiI~~sf!.r: I ~~TS!l'1t ij~ll~i{ij +{'l~TilTSfti(~ ~;:~tf~r: ~l~NT~~~~ ~l~~ ~tr,,;r 11<=11 ~"
~ij~~+{l~~l{~l{ ~ ~~&~
~liij1T~tJl~!! t{~~Q ~t;:r~~~ I
604
'028 '173
Venus
.
--
I Venus ISaturn 222
182
Mars
Juplter
I
'259
'245
'065
'060 I
'232
Mars !Mercury JupIter
149
Sun
001
(Kashta Drishti.Chakra)
Moon
'033
109
S1. 8.9]
65
~ ~~~ i!~1:(Tq'ti~tlt;:~qif~ "~ij Rt{ij i;p:f! ~ltJTn lI~ II Slokas 8-9. Ancient sages say that the good influ. ence of a planet is one Rupa in its exaltation; £ths of a Rupa in its Moolatrikona; i in its Swakshetra; iths in the house of a very friendly planet; Hh in a friend's house; kth in the house of a neutral planet; -i'"s-th in an inimical house; -g\ nd in a very inimical house and nothing in its depression. The evil influence of the planet in the several above positions is obtained by subtracting the good influence from unity. And in the 6 Vargas other than ufu (Rasi),-ciz., iTu (Hora), ~!f;T!J'( (Drekkana), qam (Saptamsa), iTiift~ (Navamsa), ~re;flro (Dwadasamsa) and ~~ro (Trimsamsa)-only a half of the prescribed good and evil influences is to be calculated. A new and different method for finding out the good and evil influences of planets through the Saptavarga table seems to be advocated here and this system is saId to ha ve the support of the Yavanas. while the one, treated in the two prevIous slokas of basing the ~ (Isbta) and ~ (Kashta) through the ~ (Uchcha) and ~ (Cheshta) rays, appears to have the approval of sages like Parasara and his followers. Let us take the case of the Sun in the example, He IS in Mesha, the bouse of an Adhimltra (a'\~). The good influence is '375 wbile the evil one is 1-'375 or '625. He is in the Moon's Hora. The Moo_n in the present case is also an Adhimltra. The gcod influence is ~ of '375 as the Varga under consideration is not a Rasi but a Hora, The eVIl influence for the same reason wIll be ~ of (1 - •375) or' 312. The Sun is in his own Drekkana and also in bis own Saptamsa. The good influence in each of these two Vargas will be 1 of '5 or '25, while the corresponding eVIl influence is also the same. VtZ., • 25. The Sun is in Kanya Navamsa, a portion owne:! by Mercury, a Mitra (~-a friend), The good influence is i of '25 or '125 while the evtl
m. tr.
9
[Adh. IV
66
ini1uence lS 1 0- '25) or '375, He IS in Vrischil,a Dwadasams1, an Amsa owned by Mars, hiS Adhllnitra. The good mfluence IS ~ ot '375 or '187 and the eVll mfluence is '313, The Sun IS III a Tnmsamsa (f3f=zrkr) of Jupiter, a Sama (lJl1). The good mfluence on thIs count IS"~ of '125 or 'G62, the correspomhng eVIlmlluence bemg g of (1- '125) = ~ of '875 or '+37. The Sun's good Influence arlsmg from a conslderation of the Sapta Vargas is thus : '375+'187+'25+'25+'125 -!-'187+'062 or 1'437, HIS eVIl influence IS 'b25+'312+'25F~5+'375F313+ '137 or 2'562, Simllarly. WIth the rest of the planetG,
~qgaor
({shta Saptavargajabala)
Sun
I
Rasi
'375
r~--I-~- '25
Hora
'187
Drekkana.
'35
Saptamsa
'25
Planets
Na\ amsa
... 1
1:25
DI',adasamsa..
'187
Trunsamsa .. ,
062
Total
",
:l\1oon !Mars !Mercury : JUpIter
'35
II
I
-I
i ven:', Salurn
'75
I
'25
'125
I
'015
OG2
'187
'187
'063
:::5
'031
'25
015
'031
'125
'IS7
'135
25
'OGZ
'063
'125
'187
'125
187
'015
'on
'187
'1:]5
'US
'Z5
187
031
'25
125
'187
'031
'062
125
I
~ml~I1s~lo%s~9-;-0578)-;W6
Clif!'?!a'crn:jf
Moon
I Mars \ MerCUry! Jupiter I Venus
--.~- -~~25 -
'75
I
'25
r
Saturn
~ ~
Rasl
'625
Hora
'313
'25
'313
'313
'438
'485
'437
Drekkana
'25
'375
'25
'469
'25
'485
'468
Saptamsa
'25
'375
'313
'375
'25
'437
'437
Navamsa
375
'313
375
'313
'485
'468
Dwadasamsa,
'313
I
'375 '3D
'375
'375
'25
313
'468
Tnmsamsa ,..
'438
I
'375
'25
'375
'313
468
'437
Total >
1
'''I--;S62TOO-\24-;7/30n2063 --;:-m!3593
67
51. 10.11 ]
,....
'"
to
-.
':i'iTaTf'oH~~ ~i'!l,:f~rsr
:;r
""
..
'6I~IJj: ~rcff+r~:s~;rm:
i
~Cfhar ~~it~~l:':llf{
,.... ...........
r?;l!
..
"'......
if~ Cii..iii'iil1<:f~~ ~(?;
'"
l:r't§'
~....
~ ..... Ci~Cf.'t
'\'"
ej;P,f
....... ~
....
~
Cf'~"€f~T: ~8'~ q;r~'if: $i~'1'!:fm.i'!r~~Of ~
..........,...".
a~r:?:f +r~~rrq:q<::"'~
:q
"I"
'"
1\ ~ \lli
'lS<:"H-
"
a~~ q;qqr~r 'l~:r'fj,
t
~~r'a'?:rr ~::{ff'lfm Rr;m~~ Cii~n::r i1.:~I~iT "'(\I
~
'-..:).....
...... ...
....
....
"" "''' '" \' l " " ,... " ~ :zerc+rr~llG.:l:h~ ~ll[~ll iIl~q~rni(~~H~i ij~rr
'"
P.tI:1T~ ~~~fg~)~H{~Ff~'{ F(S:n~(jfl~ tli?l~rt!~ ~Hn ~
••
""""
~
f'
......
f"..~
~n~iJij' ~l~~H~f5fi'! ;:rrr,! ~~f:[+{ijf l~~r.r~ ................'"
~
+t".
"""
I'..
liZ 0 II
I
~q~ ~m~ :q' q'~~ Q~~: I:n~a:qsp{ ~:q~~ ij~ ...::;.
I
II ~ ~ II
8lokas 10-11. The total of the good and evil influences due to the circumstance that the ufu (Rasi) and the other 6 Vargas occupied by a pIa net come under the categories of its exaltation sign, Moolatrikona, Swakshe. tra, Adhimitra, etc. mentioned in sloka 8, should be divided by 4 and set down separately in the front rows of two neat tables of 7 columns each. The heading of this row in each table is to be called ~~ (Griha). And in each of the remaining 6 rows with the 6 several headings ~r;n (Hora), $f"~l'ilT (Drekka na) etc. in the:2 tables, set down half of what is entered in the first row, taking care that the good and the evil results appear in their respect~ ive divisions. The total good influence of the Sun as per slokas 8 and 9 supra 1S 1'437 and his evil influence is 2'552. Each of these divided by 4 give '359 and '640 respectively. These figures have
[Adh. IV
68
accordingly been entered under ~ (Griha) in the two statements ~+r rhfir (Subha panktee) and 3T~+r q'i'ffr (Asubha panktee), Against the other 6 Vargas have been entered a half of these two figures, VIZ., '179 and' 320. Similarly in the other ca'3es, ~+rtf'tlfr,
(Subha panktee)
WI
;;.,
...
..... 0
til .....
<.l ....
::I (f)
~
::2l
c
Planets
:::l
t:l
0
C\!
til
....CIl
::I
r;:;
c: ....
.....::I
;?l
'Q. ::I ......,
:;.-
(f)
CIl
Q)
r.'!!
.-
Rasi
,"
'359
'297
'390
'242
'484
'144
'101
Hora
...
'179
'148
'195
'121
'242
'072
'050
Drekkana
...
'179
'148
'195
'121
'242
'072
'050
Saptamsa
..
,
'179
'148
'195
'121
'242
'072
'050
Navamsa
...
'179
'148
'195
'121 I '242 \ '072
'050
i
I
Dwadasamsa ..
'179
.! 48
'195
'121
'242
Trimsamsa
'179
'148\ '195
'121
'242
,"I
,_
aty~q:ffir
Planets
c:
::t
i I
'072
'050
'072
·050
(Asubha panktee) p-, .....
I
I
...til
c:!
CIl
0 0
(f)
;;E
'640
'703
'320
'351
Drekkana
... ..
'
'320
Saptamsa
,.'
Navamsa
;;E
:::l
....(,)Q) ;?l
I
I
.....
(/l
!l
:;)
'a::t
r;:; Q)
0-,
:>-
I '609
'758
'516
'855
'8S8
'304
'379
'258
'427
'449
'351
'304
'379
'258
'427
'449
'320
'351
'304
'379
'258
'427
'4+9
.. ,
'320
'351
'304
'379
'258
'427
'449
Dwad asamsa ..
'320
'351
'304
'379
'258
'427
'449
Trimsamsa , ..
'320
'351
'304
'379\ ' 258
'427
'449
Rasi
.0,
Hora
-""
I
I
1
69
81. HL14 ] ~
UmJ'¢f~rp:r 't~ Q~~ ~rSijfTi{~ ij'ffql1f$fi-~ f\
'"
""
"\
""""
"\
I
~+n?l~T~q :q iji{"Pl~~ r ij'c:
....
\'''' .... ''' ....
''
C'
....
"'''
~
\3'~ ~ ~r'lqr~q ~ ~t:{~q! ~1fqarS{q ~;r~
I
irnT~~ ~~~~: q:;~~~ ~rr?if ~~rttr~~n';r m~ II ~ ~ II ;rq~~~~-n:r&:;rp::rqr~~;r ~r~t{na:~;rq~T ;:n~ I ~~ i{~T'1t ~en~ ~$~~ ~+r~ q'{rrr ~fijtr+q~ ft II ~ ~ /I ""
",I"
""
,....
(\
~fu ~rm~~fuor~t ~Ta
Slokas 12, 13 and ]4. Find also the total ~g'1'rfg+rr 'g+l~ (Sa pta varga Subhasubha phala)~ as directed in slokas 8 and 9, of the lord of the house in which is the particular planet under consideration; and multiply therewith its ~+lT'g+l'li(?,i (Subhasubhaphala) set down in the first row of the table mentioned in slokas 10 and 11. In regard to the results of the remaining six vargas in the :2 tables the same process is to be repeated viz" of muL tiplying the result of each varga with the corresponding ~a'1';'l (Sa pta varga) result of its lord. Each of the seven varga-products thus resulting under the two grand divi. sions of ~+l (Subha) and a:rg+l" (Asubha) should be further multiplied by the square root of the product of the good or bad portions, as the case may be, of the entire strength of the lord of the varga concerned and the planet occu. pying it. It is in this way, a way approved by the sages, that we can arrive at exactitude in the measurement of the good as well as evil influences arising from ~rc~ CRasO a nd other 6 vargas. The Sun is occupying Mesha. Rasi a sign owned by Mars and Vrischika Dwadasamsa, a Varga owned by the same planet. The ~~t{
[Adh. IV
70
~T<:r#r (Sllbhapanktee) and 3[~+r~;$f (Asubhapanktee) are
(l) '359
;nd '6+0 under Rasi and (2) ~79 and '320 under Dwadasarnsa, VIde statements in p. 68, The Sun's ,@"-t1l=[';
12-13,
gl?+p;'!j';j'?lii:'9
i
I
Planets
i::: p
I
(fJ
I I
I
I
(Subhamadhyamaphala) po,
i::: 0 0
~
'"' "'" """ oj
I
I
'"'
.....'IIJ"' '8.
::l
...
I.)
IIJ
CIl
::l
a
IIJ
....i::: p ~
~
::< .-,
:>-
(fJ
Rasi
.....
'560
'120
'755
'468
'937
'224
'157
Hora
....
'212
'!76
'280
'173
'347
'103
'059
Drekkana
...
'085
'304
'189
'468
'103
'097
Saptamsa
.,. '257 1 '085
'378
'049
'468
'085
'0£:9
Navarnsa
...
Dwadasamsa Trirnsamsa
-
... .'.
Total •••
'
257
'173
'085
'378
'049
,378
'103
'097
'280
'143
'079
'234
'468
'069
'097
'347
'286
'304
'049
'378
'139
'C29
I 2'086
0'980
2-+78l-2il1 3'444
0826
0:.565
I
S1. 14 ] ~~+r+r~:q-~q;~
(Asubhamadhyamaphala)
7
;>,
=
=
Plan ets
0 0
.....
::l
-_.--r..n
."
Hasi
...
"'"
1"560 2'525
... U'J
~
:-.E
::l
u ....
..... p<::;
900
';)/:';'7
'179
'~71
Dre1kan a
."
8:;:0 1';201
'741
'924
Saptamsa
.,
-820
1'201
'627
:r\avamsa
-"
'970 1'201
Dwacasa msa Tnmsamsa Total
•• _
I
'780
I
1'063
Q;
II
::l
........
.
~
::l
CiS
Q)
:;.-
UJ
----y-
'532
l'C94-
'926
1'362 : '532
L~Ol
1'536
l'C94
'926
532 1'294
'926
'627 1'362 1'092
c61 1\)94 1'263
'782
'619
. . 1_'-1----'6eO! 72+
s:l ....
'"
::l !=:
1'2':6 1'564! 1'064 3084 2'191
'"
Bora
I ...... 's.
'741
1'36.2
'619
'881
1'536 1-
, .. [6'510 18902 .)'863 8'327 ,.'559 8'74219'304
(Sloka 14). Thus. in the statement ~q~~+T (Spashtasubha) overleaf, take the case of the Sun. Against the row 'Rasi' the Cf
-Vo 811 x·r01Z=l'S038 The ~E~+T (Spashtasubha) of the Sun will be '560 v 4'6645 or 2'61212, And the ~~~~(Spashta Asubha) wlll be 1'560 X 1'8038 or 2'813928. The Sun's ~trn~~ (Spashta Subha) against Hora will be '\1'7'933 X 3'713 X '212=5'4272 x' 212=1'1505664 ; the correspond", ing ~~'W~+r (Spashta
1'8923 X '900= }'70352.
Asubha) being -VO'8lTx4'418X'900=
tAdh. 1\/
72 ~1f!~+r
I
I
Planets
(Spashtasubha) ;>,
....
a0
!:I ::I
0
~
(fJ
::l Ul
.... cd
~
...
U
....
OJ ~
:::l
Q)
i5.
.-,
Ul
!:l
aOJ
....::lc:!
....
:::l
:>
cn
Rasi
...
2'612 0'1031 2'274 0'95013'098 0'464 0'116
Hora
",
l'1S0 0'653
Drekkana
..
I
1'30S O'S44
, 2,039 1 0'20S 0'834
1'777 0'363 0'050
0'349 1'S49 0'363
0'078
I
I
0'024
Saptamsa
••• 2'039 0'205
1"137
Navamsa
, .. 1
O'S48 0'205
1'137 0'024
1'l38
Dw.d".m
"""'I
1'306 0"307
1
0'058 0'475
1'549 0096 1 0'078
Trimsamsa
.. , n77! l'C02 0'834
I' 549\ 0.205 0'016 0'363 0'078
I
0'024 1'138 0'316, 0'016
I
i _ I 1 - -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - - -
Total •. ,!1 1'47112'680 _ 7'579 [ 2'390 11793 :4"170 0'432 ~'f'lZ ~g+r
(Spashta Asubha) ...,
a
Planets
::l
(fJ
I
I
I
....
a
0 0
~
:::l
... ell
...
Ul
<.)
OJ
::s
~
....
....OJ
0. :::l ......
Ul
!:l
!:l
::I .....
:>
(fJ
::l
.... ell
I
2'81+ 10'128
4'71S 4'856 3'739 6'241 8'372
1'703 4'360
1'404- 1'448
Rasi
... 1
Hora
'"
Drekkana
,
Saptamsa
...
Navamsa
... ':1'447\ 3'775
1
..
0'665
3'775
1'115
1"473 S'06S
2'9721 3'065 1'869
1'473 3'311
0665 3'77 5 Z'358 4'303 2'358
Dwadasamsa .. , 1'40]1 3'70:; 4'172 Trimsamsa
",
1'114
2'8S2
2'972
4'303
1'869 3'715
4'382
2'324 1'473
3'311
2'428 1'869
3'20S 3'311
4'30' 2'324
2'469 4'332
---- -- -- -- --
-~
Total, .. 9'815 32'365 20'951 24'7C6 15'109 20'109 32'134
SI. 14 J
'
13
~
The following table shows the square root of the products of the good as well as the eVil portions of the ;:#r~r (Vargesa) and 9.-f~ (Vargasttha) planets in the given example:~~ Ushta
or good)
iCfi~ (Kashta or evil)
i --~----
The Sun
X
Mars
+'664
1'004
The Sun
x
the Moon
5"427
1'893
The Sun
X
Mercury
3"146
n92
The Sun
X
Jupiter
5"122
1"688
The SUD
x
Venus
3'524
1'347
The MOOD
X
Mercury
2'152
3'481
The Moon
X
Jupiter
3"504
3'940
The Moon
X
Venus
2'411
3'143
The Moon
X
Saturn
0'859
4'011
Mars
X
Mercury
1'850
3'318
Mars
x
Jupiter
3'012
3754
Mars
x
Venus
2'073
2'995
Mars
x
SJ turn
0'739
3'821
l\lercury
x
Jupiter
2'031
3'105
Mercury
X
Venus
1'398
S'477
Mercury
x
Saturn
lj'4~8
3'160
Jupiter
X
Venus
",'L75
2'803
Jupiter
X
S::tturn
0811
3'576
Venus
X
Salurn
0'558
2'853
~r. 1f. 10
... r ,. ,
I
End of the Fourth Adbyaya.
tAdh. V
74
q:ij~S~~~! 3Tl~T~ ~~t ~ ~~l~QPr: ~ms;r I 3Tl~: ij;srC::T~TqijT~ ij~~fS?JT1lTt ~~ ~~tffis~n II ~ Adhyaya 5. Sluka 1. Since the affirmatIon of proof of the events to be predicted by mecl.ns of astrology at a person's nativIty is possible only upon a correct knowledge of the extent of his life, the method of ascertaining the allotted life. period is to be treated of in thIs chapter just as it has been received from immemorial tradition with a view to benefit the community of earnest students. In his work ~i!'
~f~fifT(i!ir
Of. tlrocfWr.
:o{f!i'rr iril if~ir m ~~T
6~ Clfi'reor I
This e:ll.plams why the author has first treated of the methods of ascertaining the an~ (Ayurdaya) of a person. Astrologers say that the ~[
75
S1. 1 ] The folloWIng is an example of ,..,
",.
"
..::..."'...........
rG~r
qqrrGr
""
Re:Sl-
..... - .
TOi
~ t',.....
~(
I
~8-
The same has thus been described by Kalyana Varman. 'q2:I~'&:
qrqRr(fe;:
qif:
Bmq~1-
II
A tf'l1r~~
Tq
t
+fOiRr ~ q'~+rr~q: !:11:rfor :qre: '3''fS~: ~~6r: ~~ffii!! II
This same yoga lS thus described by fu:;,;::Ror,........ ,.... ~....." ~" ..... ~r.:r q'~+rT"Umf ~n:'!l .... .:--.
"Uq':
~
...
q'iiiqmf?iFr~
t'I
... ",.....
q'(+rl1if
I
II
Also Cf. B"R19
.......
~lilT~:q'if(
lfnr
....
.,q-+j"
,....,...., ,....... f'. ' .....
q'~f1.if~r6r~T8'0li
I
~r+~ ~~ff~: :;ff~H~: q'( +f~q: II
The following is an example of R<:fm~~-
" \.<{'.w "" ..\ aT ~
~......
<1SRrlZ+rr{I~~ar
'i
:q~~~: 'iI'i~T: ~+r~:qr ~r~
'" il
':ffQr~:
OliNcit ~;:fr.,~:
II
Ii
The following is an example ofm1:rm~: ~~~f~G~a- ~t1'ir~
-
..... ~ ..... ~" ,...... ,...." +fqr{~G~:srTq'lfar 'if(qn+r(l'r+r~GsnJ:frr(;n ~r
II
The same yoga is thus expressed in "iRTor<#f--
I
~
q;:li:1.ift~Q'a:~er~~t"'trffi ~~n tITe{rOl"T:er~~;V: ~'fS
"l0li
...........,.....".
....
r..
'"
Also~~fu:-
II
[Adh. V
76 into
The ~r;r:i (Yogaja) Ayus may wIth advantage be thus looked III more detaIl frolll other work~.
:. (Gamtagatayus) IS classIfled under 5 heads: 1/tz., (I) ai"~~ (Amsa]a), (2) ftrU$Sf (Pindaja). (3) ~ffi7i'fi ~Naisarglka), (4-) ~fCr~rllrr~ (Jeevasarmodlla) and (5) Tlr-'l1 (Misra). This Jast class has got 4 furtber subd1Vl51Ons. There are thus 12 kinds of a11~qjl.[ (Ayurdaya).
Cf. also the followlDg quotations from ~UJfefi~ (Gunakara) on the subject.-
aTT~5oft;:~Ii:r~..t sr~* ~ri[Ti1{
;qij+i~rqrllGl1{;:~'ijm q~I+lHr +i~:
fti
qt f;r~a+l~ a~rl+!a ;q ~({r ~~~ffi '&!ri(~~=i{q~ I
~
-"
c....
.... ~
II
~qi a?tt~\l'!f;r(i "" fif~ii+l;:~Q'. ~B'f~~~mffi :qTfif~a~ ~~T: II ~
.
qq;
~.
..
'"
~~.
{cr{~01q rqfl;gr'iT~ITI'fi ~iifi~~
,...
~
crt
~~r ;;t~~~ar..$+lT: ~~~T ~d'il: q{+l~q: ~r-I:.II o;r.lf(ctqTfiT;:l!{nt~~~r&T ~i~~~; ~ilfq'<{~~Tilni.1
~y;i{ q~iiiffi f+l~~~~!!~~~q;J~ II It is only tbis latter class, VIZ., 'ffUraFTi1T~~
~q~Rlij~~ il:e~~ 1.J~·n~~q~~~tti ~l~ I ~l~~~l\~ll~ ~lIUf~ll~ ~~lt(ijsr ~Q'(~ftijt.i ~~1.J~ ~
~ l{~m Rijf~'Tf~~+~: ~iAi~ ij ll~ ~~~ I
~ftij ~~ij ~ ~~:t~~~ g~: ~ie: ~1~ II ~ II
Slokas [2 and 3. The sums of two series in Arith. metical Progression in which the first term is 1 and the Common Difference also 1, but the number of terms 1 less than the n':lmber of ~r (Cheshta) rays in the first and 1 less than the number of ft (Uchcha) rays in the second
77
Sl. 2.3 ]
-these sums when divided by the numb3fs repre3entin~ the ~gT (Cheshta) and ~¥ (Uchch3.) rays re.;pxtively will give what are called ~~(~IJf:fi (Cheshtaglmaka) and ~!i!JIJfCP (Uchchagunaka) (~(J'{CP=mu1tiplier), But if the sums of the two series should be found to be les~ than the number of (he rays, the rule for finding the ~1J'(i:f) (Gunaka) is this: Increase each sum by the number of the rays, Divide half of this result by the number representing the rays. The quotient is the ~ (Uchchagunaka) is termed the ~~!~cp (Sphuta. gunaka). In these slokas the author has descnbed the process for as. certaining the 'i:r~l~cn (Cheshtagunaka), '3"~ (Uchchagunaka) and the ~1l"fifi (Sphutagunaka) whIch are necessary for the 3r~ (Amsayurdaya). The Sun's ~~ CUchcharasml) ""6"742. Therefore the sum of the Arithmetical Progression in question is (5'742 X 6'742)+ 2=19'35628Z, 19'356282 The ~1l"fCli CUchchagunaka)= 6'742 ==2'871. SImilarly the ~~1l"f'li (Cheshtagllnaka) of the Sun is 2'158, Therefore the ~~1l"f:O (Sphutagunaka)= .y(Z'871 x 2'158)= 2'489. This Illustrates the general rule in sloka 2. To take an instance in whIch the sum of an Anthmetical Progression is less than the number of rays. take Saturn: His;a:er (Uchcha) rays = ) '264. The Sum of the Arithmetical Progression 10 questlOn='166848. ThIS is less than hIS ~ (Uchcha) rays. Therefore addmg his ~ (Uchcha) rays to the abOve sum and dlvi. ding the result by 2. we have '715424, Dividing this by the number representIng hIS rays. viz,. 1'264. we have for Saturn's ~urifi (TJchchagunaka) '566, Kesava Dalvagna's rule is SImpler. It is this:....
~
,....""...."
~
0.0.
?~~r&TI~(tJtr: ~'W4i~tJt~~q-rO';"Tlq~
i['(t
~NCfj~~~~al) ij~ra~Ei ~:
1/
~~
II
78
[Adh. V
\Vhen the number of rays falls short of 3, add I, and take a fourth of the same to get the ~Of'-h (Gunaka). When the number exceeds 3, subtract 1 and tahe half the result; that will be the :lOf'-h (Gunaka) required. The Sun's ~l::~li (Uchcharasnll) Is=6'742. than 3. The :lUT'-h (Gunaka) therefore IS
This is greater
6742 -1 =5'742 =2'871.
2
2
The ~~li (Uchcharasmi) of Saturn is I' 264. tha.n 3, Therefore the ::!Of'h CGunaka) required is
This IS less
1'264+ I
=-4-='566. These results are identical with those shown above. Table ShOWlDg the ~;iEF(~li (UchcharaSJUl), ~eH:Tli;+r (Cheshtarasml) and "'P- (Sphuta) Gunakas .
.." l'~'I"'I~'I"'I~'I~lm
---
~~:!Of'hl:
I "8~1
~l'!:('\~li~OT'hr : i
I u
I
2'715
"566
2'382
2'387
'574
'59-1-
j'l72
1'364
1'248
'577
2'158
1'554 0'783
2"489
"360
1'251
1'191
j
-
-
I
'78J
2'001
/.
.
'579
.
q~i( ~~;r~ ~ert~~ ~
~~~~ ~ !l11T~ ~ijtT f;r~:mi( I
~~'.l:{~qf{Nf'fsrfl~ ~~~ '"
.....
"-
~tfij~ ij+f~&: ~~ ~'-Tflq:;f{ t'il\"."..,..
'S1;f?JTTw{ij'
'"
,,"
II
~
II
•
T~~~&:S~~R+l ~ ~n-
" " ~: \CTi ~r~~: I ";r~JiQ: '" ' " ~ '" ~ ~~lJn i{11T~: 3JT({~: ",e." (' '" C' ~T~n(\eri(gUNi~Q ~q~~i~ II '-\ II
"" "~erHl " ~+'.lT !lI1TT
Slokas 4-5. Two is the multiplier prescribed when a planet is in a q.rkT+r (Vargottama), in its own house, in
its own 'O{qj;rr (Navamsa) and in its own i{"€F.f11i (Drekkana). The multiplier is H when the planet is in the house of an :a:rtmil'3I' (Adhimitra). It is I ~ when the planet is in the house of a rn3i (Mitra), 1 in the house of a ~+!' (Sam:1) and -1 in the house of a ~~ (Satra) and ~ in the house of an ~~~~ (Adhisatru). Anyone of these multipliers divided by 4 is declared by astrologers to be the multiplier for the ~Tfu (Rasi) and ~ of this, the multiplier for ~rH (Hora) and other vargas. All the 4 positions, 'ci;;., er
"''''
,,'"
"... f{q'SlQ ~O~T ~ll~~H +r~l~ ~qaF.fI~;:~H~ITs~TvrT~ •
,.....
t'\
~
'"
""
C'
I
..
II , II
;:J-qT~q:;T ~ll+J~T &I~T~tl~T ij~l~f{F{ ~~~r~n
"..... ~qi~lij'~r~H~."" "'''' .....~lP'cl;:n ~'[-~~tfiT T~~"l+(ijT T[tf~
.
'" :{~T ;:IiiTm
......
"'''''.",....
~
3lT~~~i(T~Fiij ~~~T T'l~UT~~~
q~~t{T~tTI~~~'{~f~ij J.f~ ij ~~ ~IJ('~~ ~
t\
"'"
....~ ~
.....,,, .,
"......
..
O:ij~~l!n~gllT~~;~T~a:H~ij ~n~~ur ~~«T~
II
I
II
\9
II
,
~
II
Slokas 6-8. The following are also Bhagunas (+r~IJT) or multipliers of the ~H% (Rasi) and are declared multi. plicands ~1J
[Adh. V
80
the beginning of sloka 4) other th3.tl its own ~rr~ (Rasi) L"iz., q'fr~~hr (Vargottamamsa), its own "f
I
uf"il"~
fur.frcr<:orT ~OT91
*l
for <:.
t } for
I ,'< I ." I ", ~'I ~~ I ~ i<
]i
tl{.
\1
! x] 71 : -~-I--~~~. {;
t
-;-T-; - -"
i'I;!,\
according to slokas 5-8.
m3f~.
'lI As per sloka 4, ~ or ~ is the multiplier since Jupiter is III hiS own decanate. But SlUce he also occupIes hIs own house, he comes under the exception and there is consequently no additional factor under slokas 6-8.
It may be noted here that the ractor -a:rr.8T
~~T~~ cr~T{ur ~~ ~if ~ur~?~SJ~tll~~n ~n I aT~T~~ firsr~~ ~qf~T ~.9~ :q ~q :tr ijl:J~ ~~ II ~ II ~~~er.n tf~ WitN~T~T ~t~er.: ~Ha:rei~ftuh ~ I C' ~ '" • 'ttl +i't:fI ~OT~T ~ ~~I crf(1 ~~HIT\¢l~ !1U~ij'~H II ~ 0 II ~U~T ~ot: ~~N~I~~;~~~gQn ~n~Ni1ip.{ij~! I ~Q) ~~~J~~ijiijij) fl{ij~ ~$c~Tfq tI~) ~~~; II Z~ II I{
31. 9-1H ] \'.
81 t' '"
""~
"-
ij[i[~ ~$3 ~ii~:nrq ~r~r;r'l:tT;J ~Of~H
urn
a-:m:
I
Slokas 9-11-~. When the (Rasi) or any of the other Vargas occupied by a planet happen to be its own, the aTO'f;:Ci'~ m~T~!!,IT{"Ii (Asrayagunaka). The square root of the product of this ~r&~~UTq; (Asrayaguna. ka) and the ~~!!,UTip (Sphutagul1:lka)-ville slokas 2 & 3-is recognised as a factor employed. in the operation for determining the life-period of a ;srfa'!!P (Jataka). To give the reader a clearer Insight into the several londs of Gunakas treated in the first eleven slokas of this Chapter, I may again summarise here what the author has said till now even at the risk of belllg found fault with for a needless repetition. In slol,as 2 8: 3, the author has stated how the ~'6!!lJfifi (Uchcha Gunaka) and :;"iff!:T!!lJfifi (Cheshtagunaka) figures are derived, and lhat the '2~O::JlJfifi (Sphuta Gunaka) IS the square root of theIr product. In slokas 4 and 5, some factors for the several planets due to a consideration of their POSI ti:m in the 7 vargas - Rasi, Hora, etc., are stated. In the next 3 slokas (6, 7 and 8) some sub-factors that may be found possible due to a planet happemng to be in anyone of the 3 posltions-'f
[Adh.
82
V
In slokas 9 and 10, some more multipliers or Anantaratadakas ('31;:r;:~<:rrrGCli)
are mentioned, and whIch have to be lTlult1plied mto the several factors already stated In slokas 4-5 and 6-8. The e:rT~:rUf'fi (Asrayagunaka) of a planet IS the sum-total of the seven such products obtamed for the seven Varga posItions, Let us now find the C:$n/,lf·'.f:JU['fi (Asraya Gunaka) of the Sun in the gIven example:-
Planets
iF"'" ~ p"IF"'" '" P"~;:~::; ",I slokas 4 & 5 slokas 6 & 8 slokas 9 & 10
I
I
·v-
Combmed Factor {) 5
Rasl
j
Hora
±
:J
12"
Drekkana
~
:&
~
Saptamsa
1 4;
2
I :l
Navamsa
7f
1
.lo!!.
;j
Dwadasamsa
I. 4
;; d
1:2
Trimsamsa
t
I
t
1
~ 5
1.2 r;
IS ;,
The e:rr~:rUf'fi (Asraya Gunaka) of the Sun will thus be the sum of ~~+i,s +!+~+g+r5,,+t or 3r9"\'=3'754, Th e 'fi.r
= y(2-489 X 3'754)=3'056. Take the case of the :\1oon. As per slokas 4-5, the factor for the Rasi is }, while it is -} fer eacn of the Hora and other Vargas. There are no factors for this planet under slckas 6-8, The Anantaratadakas under slokas 9-]0 are 13/9 for Rasi, 2 for Hora, 13/9 for each of the 4 Vargas - Drekkana, Saptamsa, Navamsa and Trimsamsa-and 5/3 for Dwadasamsa. are,
The combmed factors for the Rasi and the other six Vargas theIr order, H, "\, H, H, bt! '/11 and H.
III
The Moon's Asrayagunaka will therefore be the sum of the above, i. e., 2,?s or 2'055, Similarly, for the other planets.
Table showing the Anantharatadakas
of Planets.
I:l
Planets
:;j
en 5
Rasl
2
IT
Drekkana
2
Saptamsa
2
3"
V
5
Rora
I}
13
IT
"3 5
IT
13
1'\
5
Tnmsamsa ..• 1
13
U
1
1
1_
1
2
1
.}
.j
1
5
9-
V
ee
2
2
Navamsa D wadasamsa
('1"l:;:(f:r:'lrg-iK)
IT
IT
5
11
1
1~
2
IT
2
U
V
1
Table showing the 3Fr;:ff{Rfrg-m (Anantharathad'lka) X the ~m1 (Gunya) [uro (Rasl) and fuTR~ (Horadigunaka)] of the Planets ~----------------~------~~~~----~--------.... Cfl ::l
t:l
Planets
::l
u
....
o
o
Q OJ
Q.)
::E
::E
::>
1
Rasi Hora '"
~
Saptamsa
...
1, :l
Navamsa
...
Dwadasamsa Trimsamsa. Total Asrayagunaka
... .. ,
13
I_
Drekkana.
] 8
-j
I
~:fb-
'",
1 :3
::;--·r '"i
1 H-
]4;
'J-:r
] '1
2-1\r
~
:;
J
I
TI
:f4--
:.l
">
1 ., ,>
" TI
-54-
TI 1 .\
1 ':;
J-f
1
::;-4
T4f
1"" :; -7
3-j7£
1 :1
3,j-,~(J
J
"
T:F
1.
J.
1
Is ')
-1 !f
:.l
I
:;
Iff b
1
.}-L :l
1
:)
1 .> .,
;)
II
'\
54
:l
13
-~;:f
T:I
3-1~)}!J
.1.
:i
T"if
"
~
I)
72 1)
7'-1
34"
l,..,
1-"257"
0[>-(J
3'754 2'055 3'920 1'814 3 583 1'185 0'833 8
(Adh. V
84
It IS useful La give here Kesava. Dalvagna's rule for findlllg' the 31r"1lf~TJT"fi (Asrayaguna!,a) as It serves to venfy the results found. It is as follows:
......
'.t'I
(' ......
"'.....
,...,.
'Et~
Ql;1;;I::?iTi t'r ZliTir~its{Q·.;r,,;;rCfT'::~r ~ ~~ ~;;rQl;: I ;;~T~~c;;r(&1:jq;: ~ a~~~~t
m1:jr ITGT: Ii i
18, 15, 13. 9, 5 and 3 are the figures respectl\'ely assigned to a planet's positIOn J[! a '99
51. 9.1l! ] To take the case of the Sun, the <:TI'(T (Rasl) occupied IS tbat of an ""frqfi:r~ (Adbimltra). The figure for the m~ (Rasl) IS therefore 15 x 2=30. The fur (Hora) is the Moon's, an arp-TTl1'3f (Adhi. mltra). Therefore the figure is 15. The ~'9ifUT (Drekkana) and BRf~ (Saptamsa) are the Sun's own. Therefore the figure in each case is 18. The
I '1il"T:
(~ p
R: r~: I~:
'1: ([:
~:
':iTRr:
...
I:;
lii"i
!
~
ftr-
Itt<
30 15118 Z6 18 13 3015118 26 15 5 ... 36 9 18 26 3 3 18 9 5
... ... ...
... ...
fiY
IiY
'J:c '~ IT 18 13 15 13 18
~l
"
IiY
.~
I>;.
kif
.i;Y ~
d!::
.....c
....0
fool
~
0
UJ
:~ A
9 lIS 36 13 15 l3 15 13 III 54 15 13 18 124 36 13 13 13 98 54 15 18 15 129 36 3 15 5 64 j 54 5 5 9 60 172
c
~
ctl ~
:::J
... '"d
.Q°-tjI'2
'-' b5 3/9 221g
q4.
. '" 1H
3:/7 1:,57 5
"
"I '" ,r,;;-
B~ S'"O.g Q) '"Cl
'"' -tJ
.....
t1l
C/l
0:::
1+"0 ... irS
+qO 6" • ...
... ... ...
J:;') I;r
g~
3r:9lfl 211g
30B lig
Ii? 3:177 h~7 5 If
Table showing the C!1iri[r<'1:rurC!1 (Karmayogyagunaka) cf the Planet ••
86
[Adh. V ....
,....
"
",...."
ijt~ T~an ~~rij:[~mn ~rrmn tfi~n ~r+I~,~qfSsr
\~
9
Slokas llrr ancl I? When the aggregate numb::r of minutes denoting the position of a planet is dIvided by 2400, the remainder represents the Ayushkalas (atr~~:Pii5') or the portions of lIfe require r1. ~~
~rqt 'if a:;:fr~qr: ~~l~;;;~hr ~i{hTr~r.r; II ~ ~ "
Convert the sIgns, degrees, etc., iodicatlOg the positlons of the planets and the Lagoa into degrees and divide the same by 40. The remainders represent the degrees for the "*;m~'{r
I
-,
a:rT~ISOfi(j;"r:
1 F-
1
(Ayushkalas) of the Planets.
.~
-[
~51 269'0512273'I~ 12053'731
~,
-[
~,
[
~--
85'0161 842'93 11675'683
~ J{~;j ~fa: ~;Z~+q) ~lij ~;fi ~~~tt: ~R( I ~q~~ Q5f ~m;:r~ ~fffi'« {n~~~Tfer+r~ II ~ ~ II
an~: ~~lqf ij' ~\: ~~; ~T~w;r~; ij'&:~~Tttf~ I ~~~) ~~f! ijH:n~~ ~'\tf1t~:crUiR'i« II ~ ~
~~T"~~ ~ ~U
,m
ltFfff 3TT9;; ~T+tft ~~;~~8r: I
fct~NiIltfr ~ ~'t'i);fr ~{~~:[h~q!llJltn II ~ ,,\11 Slokas 13-1;;. Subtract the planet from the Lagna. If the difference is less than 6 signs there may be a divisor possible. But if the L3.gna 1nin~bS the planet should exceed 6 signs there can be no divisor at all. In the case in which a divisor is declared possible, reduce the Lagna 1J1inz~s the planet to minutes and divide this by the minutes contained in a (Rasi). The quotient is the ~z (Sphuta) divisor of the Ayushkalas (at~IS~).
nm-
87
S1. 13-15 ]
vVhen this quotient is less than I, subtract it from a Hupa and make it a multIplier of the Ayushb.las. The working is to be thus when t}h"! planet subtracted from the Lagna is 11c(dpjic. \Vhcn the planet is benefic, the divisor is to be doubled; and the Ayushkalas are to be divided by it; and the quottent which are minutes are to be subtracted from the sa me Ayushkalas. But if the divisior be less than unity, subtract half of it from a Rupa and with the difference multiply the Ayushkalas. The :q>fiFRilTR (Chabardhaham) process Kesava Daivagna.
IS
thus described by
tR:~n~q. ~fu ~:;;rUq ~~~s~
.......
~q
:;;r
#".......
~
~
~
. . . . ".....
,-...r.~
~n'if~TCGT(1'(?;q: ~r;
I
iii'lT ~f!11f ~
Varahamihlra says (10 his 'ii[<.i1'i9i Bnhatjatal.a, Chapter 7, Sloka 3. aiso \;fTllefitf~m-Jatakapanjata, Adhyaya 5, Sloka 9) that when malefic planets occupy the 12th, 11th. lOth, 9th, 8th and 7th houses from the Lagna, reduction in full, by ~, by ~lrd. by itb, by ith and by -hh shou1:1 be made in the 31T~ (Ayurdaya) of the planets 10 the respective positions. This IS to be halved in the case of benefic planets. This reduction IS what is meant by :q$fitfTmi~ (Chakrapathardhahani); "'f>fi (Chakra) zodiac, tfTCilt (Pathardha) =- the latter half, that IS half measured in the direction of the ,.m (Patha) or node, 10 a contrary direction from the Lagna. t.e., Lagna, 12th, IItb, 10th, etc., up to 7th. UT~ (Hani)=a reduction. ~fl'tffu's (Sripatl's) rule IS a paraphrase of Varahamthua's. Lagna mi1ZltS a planet Will be less than 6 signs only when the planet IS somewhere between the 7th and the 12th from the Lagna. The reduction!; recommended by ~rtfT% (Sripati), if carefully ana· lysed, will be found to be Identical with those enjoined by Varahamihlra.
=
Lagna 1t£t1lUS the Sun is 11 signs 26°_48'.16" which is greater than 6 signs. Tl:ere is therefore no =fili&Jlc:r (Chakrardhahanr) for the Sun. The same remark apphes l to Saturn.
[Adh. V
Sg
Lagna minus the Moon 1S 3 signs 0°.2'-7", This being less than 6 signs, there should be :qsnri&:lTif (Chakrardhahalll), 3 signs, 2 minutes. 7 seconds=54 2"116, Therefore the ft{ (Hara) or divisor is
54~~~~16 =3'00 I.
As the Moon is benefic, the divisor has to be doubled and becomes therefore 6'002. Therefore, the rectified 3l"r~:n~IT: (AyushkaJa) of the Moon according to the rule is the original 3l"r~5:n6"F (Ayushkala) 1 mintls 6'002 of the same, or 269'65 X'833=224'618.
Lagna divisor is
mmltS
Mars is 0 signs 16°.3B'·37". Therefore the
9~~~~6 -S5+
which is less than 1.
Therefore
~1l'JCli
CGunaka) is '445, Therefore the rectlfied 3l"r~5'1i6"r: (Ayushkala) of Mars=2273'lS x '445= !O11' 551. We are Dot warranted in maklDg the :qijirmr'if (Chakrardha· ham) in the case of Mercury because we have already made It in the case of Mars who is the stronger of the two planets in +frif\~ (Meena Rasl), '(!ide sloka 24, illfra, Lagna minus Jupiter is 4-13°-6'.45" which is less than 6 sIgns, and consequently there is Chakrardhahaoi. The divisor in this case is 7986'75+ 1800 "'4'437, Since Jupiter is benefic, the diVIsor has to be doubled and therefore becomes 8'874, The ~ (Sphuta) Ayushkalas for Jupiter IS 85'0\6 (original AyushkaJas) mwus 8':74 of the same, or 85'016 X 7'874 +8'874 or 75'435. Lagna ml1tus Venus=J·0~·28'·50", The divi'lor is 28'83+ 1800 ='0160, As this 15 less than umty and as Venus IS benefic, the multiplIer In thIS case is 1- '008 or '992. The rectified Ayush. kalas of Venus WIll therefore be 842'93 X '992 or 836'18556. The following table gives the rectIfied or ~~5Efi6"T: (Sphula' yushka1as of the planets :--
"'"
1 """
1
,,'r:
""
!l'
-------+------T------~----~---
106,'5
1224'61811011"5~112053'7317H35
1
I '""
1836'18611675'683
89
51.16-17]
~ef ~Ttrt =vfiqT;:rri~Jfrr~r9;~q ~hr~ NIl~~sfq I ~ l:' '" '" ""''''''' '" "'. ~ij'i(T~'-lT ~T;r~l{T~ :q {l~• ~~n ~~~r;:r gur• :q II ~ , II Sloka 16. In this way, i. e., employing a divisor and making the same a multiplier when it falls short of unity, should the process called '«'ijiri~f.:r (Chakrardha_ hani) be gone through in reckoning the (arr~G:r>;f) Ayurdayas called ~::rrcrr (Amsaja), NtlG"5'f (Pindaja), ~{1m~ (Naisargika) as well as that mentioned by :sfr"mil~ (feevasarman).
~ffl:T~aH ~goml'i4~r oliT~~'-lH~+rmn ~;~T ifHJT ~qij'~R:~: ~1j;:rl~: ~f1I' I • C' ",. O:q ij'q~:q~~f;;rij &Il~TrJT'tf t?Wf1'\
~
~J~: ij'T~~ ~~ijl;h'il;:rT fefi~ij ~?r f4~'f: II ~ \911 Sloka 17. Multiply the Ayushkalas, modified, wherever possible, by the ,«~Fb:rrir (Chakrardhahani) process, of each planet by its appropriate ~ilJ.tr.q!JlT{li (Karmayogya Gunaka mentioned in sloka 12) and divide them by 2~O. The result will be years, months, days, ghatikas and vighatikas. Find out in this way the arr~~ (Ayus) produced by all the planets and get according to the rules stated the 'Olr~~ (Ayus) derived from the Lagna. But there is this peculiarity in respect of the :a:rr~~ (Ayus) got from the Lagna. ~~q'1~Rr:-
~f~hT(rqcp(?;T: ~~'~!!l1lcp~T: ~~n~~'Sir~lia-r:
al::rr~~~G:t ~~Tfu: ~ ai1rG:r~t::rr
~nrmr~ ~;rT~ ~~~ l!f
"""'ro."
r-...
.....
~~~~T~~: ~T~a If:Tiril::rr{~firTT<:{ar ~T{1~
I
The product of the rectified a:rr~&.fi~T: (Ayusbkala) and their appropriate Cfi~
aft. 11. 12
[ Adh.
90 :::..
~~
"C'
'"' "\
~ ('~r C' •
V
'"' '\
Q qT({T+'-iT~Cfi +rQ(2t1Ci"~~ ~ TCf$E(tt+n~: I
~T~nf~~T~t'l~qfij~Q~i(T~T~;n ij~;:r~?f ~T~~ i I ~ G: II Sloka 18. vVhen the Lagna has abundant strength (which will be the case when its strength exceeds 6 Rupas), the atr~t1: (Ayus) derived from it must be increased by as many years as there are whole Rasis in the figures indicatmg the Lagna, followed by the months, days, etc., calculated proportionally to the degrees, minutes, etc" contained in the Lagna. The aimB:. (Ayus) for the Lagna is foulJd In the follow1l1g manner. Reduce the SJgns, degrees, etc., to mlIlutes. DIvIde It by 2400, i.e., remove as many 2+00'5 as are contalIled in It. The remamder 15 the aiT:,:!~ifi~r: (Ayu"hkala) of the Lagna. DIvide the a1T:,:!09'i~T: (Ayushkalas) by 200. The result WIll be the number of years given by the Lagna. In the horoscope in question, Lagna IS 0' 14~·31 '·46". Therefore the aim~'li~: (Ayushkalas) =871'76. The number of years, given by the Lagna=4'3588. Smce Lagna IS strong 1Il the present case (Its strength be1l1g 9- 133 Rupas Vide p. 56 supra), we 0 46" should add to the 3H?jl3:.. (Ayus) prevIOusly obtained 14 3l' 0 30 of a year='4843 of a year. Therefore the aggregate number of years denved from the Lagna IS 4'3588 plttS '4843 or 4'843. Table showing the number of years given by each planet in the ~:,:!<:{i
S1. 19.2t ]
91
The total q~-ifCil" (Shadbala) of the Lagoa has been found to be 9-133 Rupas while the corresponding figures for the Sun and the Moon are 9'015 and 8' i 97 respectively: so that the Lagna IS the strongest. The i-r~T::r::f"f (Amsayurdaya) gIVen above is the most appropriate for the hOfcscope taken for Illustration. For exempli· fylDg the other kinds of a:rr?I"l:r
~~~q) ifrur~f{Tt ~~~l1r ~eJmT: q~i~: ~q~l: I o:r~?
- -
-
~~ iiq~erc:r+rrI1/~2i'Urm~"fra:Oi'~ej;;rrrG;~
Oi'c{:Rr:
~ J:rra:~r:
•
;rerfumr~l'ii~rP:J~5~~d;~~~ffi G;~fu: ~~W~~ II
Also ~m+F1i<:rc:: ;ierfa~{fI'~G;~r q~:Qi\1' re:1fI': ~~~m1iR~ ~~5r: fcpJ:sq-q'h'at ~ \I Also BRT~T q:~~~fu~r
~
If.TG;'lITEI'
~'
$I II
~: q~~lITr;;,fT~ ~~~r1;i:f~~~ffi:
•
~\lilar ~~~l3f~ ~~: ~ll1l~~a-: II
Also ~Ofm(f: ....
"
".....,.
"..... ,....
'I'
.......
'W\,
~nG:/T~cqr5T~~+rr!li~r;:if~~m ':1'~r: qtl~~
II
The figures given for the several planets in this sloka are also helpful to find out the approxinate income or salary of a person.
,....'" ":::+'" '" ~ijq~It'f~lfCf;:ri;:ref4?
I ~~T~~n 'f~llCf;:rfNef4~~ ~riQ: ~!!fUtq) ~~T;~: II~ II ij~ ~T~~~:r:q~~l~~~~ij ~G:fttIij ~~ I
ijm
Cf~i(tij'~T~~T~~ ffi% fqlJ~~CflfT~~~ij-
I)
'I '< ~ 'I
92
[Adh. V
Slokas 20-21. Subtract the figures of a planet from those denoting its highest exaltation point. If the result is less than 6 signs, subtract it from 12 signs. But if the exaltation point minus the planet should exceed 6 signs, keep it as it is i reducing the same to minutes, multiply ~his by the planet's years. Divide the product by 21,600. The quotient repreo;ented by years, months, days, etc., is called the NQ:S~~ (Pindayus) of the planet. Subtracting the figures for the Sun, tnz., 0·17·43·30 from his highest exaltatIOn point 0.10-0·0, we get 11-22·16·30 which is greater than 6 signs and so should be kept as it is. Reducing the eame to minutes we get 21136'5. The '31r~", (Aym) contributed . 21130'5 by the Sun therefore IS 216CO X 19 or 18'5923 year s. Similarly for other planets. To find the income or salary,- Find the lord of the 10th house or planet in the 10 house (or that planet which is near or approaching the Meridian), The figure indicated by the said planet gives the approximate income. In the given example, the Moon is in the 10th house and is stronger than the lord of that house. His quota of Ayus in years is '698595 X 25 or 17'4648. The native's income must therefore approximate 17~ or 175 or 1750 as the case may be. The following table represents the fqu:gmO:;:T'l" (PlDdayurdaya) due to the several sigmfieators prior to makmg the presenbed reductions :-' Years The Sun 18'5923 17'4648 The Moon Mars 12'6425 Mercury 6'3076 Jupiter 8'8992 Venus 20'0055 ~aturn 10'4404 The Ayus for the Lagna in the ftr~ (Pindayurdaya) should be derived in the same way as in the ai"~m
S1. 20.21 ]
93
aorr:!!"'fi
<'l1T~'ISEi4alS
and explains '31if
f.r'3'fT~a:T
According to this interpretation, Lagnayus works only to 4'3588 years. And &crrifi(~~ CDiwakara Daivagna) adds that the interpretation is largely accepted. Let us now consider the several reductions enjoined. First the :;:r'fiqRfli~:rf.r (Chahapatardhahani). It has already been shown that the Sun and Saturn are not liable to this reduction as Lagna mmus each of these planets exceeds 6 signs. The ~T: (Gunakas) for :;:rijil~[~ (Chakrardhaham) in the case of Mars, Mercury, the Moon, Jupiter and Venus are to be determined in the same way as was done in the ~~r
(Adh. V
94
The following table represents the fct1YG~r
18'5923 years 14' 5481 " 5'6259" 6'3076 "
Jupiter Venus Saturn L'lgna
7'8936 years 19'8455 " 10'4404 " 4' 3588 "
~~
~o?rlr'
""II
;t(~~ ~fu ~~~ Jf~: ~r~'lTS3f ;:r ij err.ti:;rHff! I C' .A,..'"'c'"' (I ..... '" ~ i.q~alen~}Jni&:H~: ~T~~7.f ~TtT;rra::;'HJc:r;i{;:rr II ~~ It Sloka 22, A planet loses] of its RrI1;sr~tJ: when it is in the house of a natural enemy. But this does not happen when' the pbnet is in its retrograde motion. When it is eclipsed by the Sun, it loses ~ of its ~r~~ (Ayus). Venus and Saturn are to be exempted from the o~eration of this last rule. In the example horoscope it will be noted that Saturn must suffer a reduction by a third Of~lts Ayus for its position in a house owned by bis natural enemy. There is no "1~~rr:::r (Astangatahani) as Venus and Saturn which are the only two planets liable to this reduction In the horoscope have both been exe'11pted from the operation of this rule. The word 9ifi'9T\'l: in the text is lDierpreted by some as referring to Mars, But this is not accepted by the majority.
Cf.m'if<:: A planet IS said to be eclipsed when he disappears within a particular limit from the Sun, his lIght being then overpowered by that of tbe Sun. This limit III the case of the several planets is as follows : The Moon when within 12 0 from the Sun. Mars when wlthm 17° Mercury when within 140
"
"
95
51. 23.24 ] but when retrograde JupIter when Wit h In Venus when WI thin but wht::n retrugrade Saturn when wlthm
)]." from the Sun 11 °
"
10° 8° 15')
" " "
~:erU \lfPlij tt)i?~~~~q~l~eti:
I
~T~; ~ ~~rci :;ti'~ i!~~ij~« II ~~ II
Slaka 23. \Vhen a planet being echp5ed by the Sun in the house of its natural en'; ny is hable to lose i as well as g of its .Ayurdaya, It suffers the loss of half the :a:rr~~ (Ayus) only. Venu3 and Saturn in this posItion withhold a third of their resp~ctive Ayus. This sloka is taken from the <:fif
0(. also
,...,..,
(1)"-'\
l1qr~ ~rrif:
(ffirs;"!!'r~
'"
i1i"qrq I
srra-~~;r
....:;
,...."
.....
at~l+!a
,......,
rq;rr
!!,arrm-n Rf;rr q~iT~ I "
",....",~ ...... "'~ ~Tiff«Cfr ~rrife:~;;rrl'tl
~r~rrql7s1;reii~qilf~ '<.\'SF.r~i{rf;r~~q:
IPU II
:er~Ti~lif1 ift!I ~tfl~t «~TftOTR~~{~tit~Q
I
q~T~~T'l~ ~'l ~~ ~hj ~~{ifq q~T~~)
1.:[:
II ~\l II
Sloka 24. vVhen two or more planets happen to be in one and the sa me H.asi and the process of '<.\'$T~i[Tr.t (Chakrardhahani) has to be gone through in respect of all of them, it is enough if the reduction is effected for the planet which has predominant strengh.
The views of 9~T'<.\'r~ (Satyacharya) on this point are quite correct. Of. '.;fm
« ~ iff"l)~rq. a;;r~: II
V
[Ac1h.
96
When several planets are in one house, only one planet that is pre·emmently strong and no other causes the loss of Ayurdaya portion In the way described (t.e., in the Chakrardhahani process).
&~?lRrItr~~n 3i&:~~ttT ~ ~ &:iTsq~tt?tl q<:H ~~~ I an1:l~ql~e{ffis;~:qTfturT r'lf{G;ill~ ~: Ffi~ ~e{~: II~~II The sage ~
Sloka 25.
Accordmg to the sage ~
~f".S!
(I.".
l~al4{q~{f~i1T'l&;1.{T~T~~rtt ~:q~TlTfr 1l~~.ti{ ~
(;:t
~ (1,\
(I
"\
I
A
o1.{l~lml~6f;:~q~Fr~a:. q, ~~GJqT~T~~+r~a:TIa:~~~~
\I
~q~sit ~{ftr ijT+1.{"{~ ij~T\P.'(T~'t~Tt f.tfdT\11f~ I
'"
~\T~'lt~~ij Fi~~ yqll~T?l~Efi~ ~~fit~sftt II ~ \9 Ii Sloka;; 26.27.
Convert the degrees and portions thereof in the Lagna to minutes (the number represent~ ing integral signs being left out); and multiply herewith the an~r-r (Ayurdaya) of the planets separately, Divide the product by 21,600. The quotient representing years, etc., found for each planet mm;t be subtracted from its ~~~~ (Ayurdaya). This reduction is enjoined when a malefic planet occupies the L::lgna. But if the malefic planet be aspected by a benefic one only half the result obtained by the above process for each planet is to be
51. 26-27]
97
subtracted from its
eN
~~qqm:-
~rll"hHllf'S~t 'l~'ffi::r~
OTf1:Nr;rr~§~ ~~ 'Of lI"~ ~::I'a:~%.-ll"~(l'i~ II ' <:. -
....
.....
"""
..."\
....
.r-..
Tif'<:;:~ ;;rr~lI"+ir"i\lf
.
a-
,....
T:;fi;q"T Ii
~ '1.
II
The fq U:STi!!r{r'1 (Pmdayurdaya) years already given in tho notes to slokas 19-21 supra must be subjecteJ to a further reduction, v~z .• q;~fG:
:l
X ~
'?
or O~O I
7
of their 31r~;:;:f:q (Ayurdaya)
Thus the reduced Ayus due to the Sun 18'2173 years,
IS
·97982 X 1S' 5923 or
The following table represents the rtUgr~.fi:q (Pindayurdaya) due to the several significators after making all the necessary reductions : The Sun The Moon Mars Mercury Jupiter Venus Saturn Lagoa
18'2173 14'2547 5'4528 6'18047'7349
years.
1:,'4455
6'82044'2712
Total ...
---82'3772 years.
--
"
." " "
"
"
[Adh, V
98
'l~n ~T ~) 'left l[Rt~ il~: ~i[lUn ~Fr'{~~TurH{ I ". ~
.. ,....."
~ ....,
'"
C'.
~~~ l'{~:mT ~f{~T ~&.lIJfT '{~ri{~ ~~lq qf!{ij'~'lT
II
~~
I'
Sloka 28. 20, 1, 2, 9, 18, :30 and 50 are the number of years prescribed respectively for the Sun and other planets in the ~~ffr~r~~T<{ (NaisargikaYUldaya), it~FFli<::;:1{ ,......
... f".f'-
•
..."
.....
~.
""'
-tr~O:GJrl(a'~ %i~~ :~n:qr "I';:~rr
...
. . . f'''' ,.,
"JI
~ij';~r~<{~r ~U\~:r~H;:r~r",: ~
~".....
~q~~,~af ...
,...,
f'''''''
TorniT'jfTifar
....
al'iHICf ~~r~
I
•
~ar ~~m~q;<:?i'
~«~<{~r
'C!"-
•
%i-u;:a ~~
q;~~
II
'3t~:r9
~~Rr~et ~-t i{tr Il'fu~~ fcf~fu~ q'ilmq: I
tr'lrlJIn:rfif B~<{T: 'i<{~rift
fif«n,+!,crr:
II
in~t{m:~
~
if«or
.
t"'\....,.......
,
i{~"i!~.rr
~
Ilfa'il\:'''U: ~ilr~G;~I~urr: I (',...,. ,... ~~&:ar r&: +rifurmrT:(qT ~H''lTT:'l'U ~
~r<{T~T: {'
"'" ~
.~ ~ t"\
,....,
,.....
~f(far~ B'iiH~~qf+r+l~t
II
~~
II
The folIowmg table represents the FrIiT'{T:[G::T
"
Total
.
.. ,
Years 19'1765 0'5702 0'7295 4'6352 9'3219 18' 5206 17'0510 4'2707 74'2756
~~~ ~nr;r~mr~T~'-T+mt?tl {qij~~erf{~qt'-Tl~ I ~ijmtfi ~ ;:~i{~lN~~ iI;r~'-T1Uf(~~ ijl~~T+~ II ~ ~ II 0,.
99
S1. 30.31 ]
Sloka 29. abTr~i;lll (AmnyuL'daya) is to be calcu. lated up::m the pre:lomil13.nc~ of the strength of the Lagna; fCrJgr~'ttr (Pind3.yurdaya) up:::m the Sun's super~ iority in strength anj ~~mlir~~rq (~aisargil~ayurdaya) when the Moon's p)wer is Stro1gc,t.
.
...
...... '" ~.:.... -.. ~,.... ~ :SHr~!Q' ~iI'rr.ril'rr~'fiiil'i?i q'Qg TiI'e'q r
"
Also ~m
ai'mci fcrfiig~q.ot +rr.rrmgibi' '
I
q:~q'i ~) ~
~m~~ ~q~;r ~tf1'(( ~r~lpf~~ ~;r lfRt: I ~e'ittrt :q;~'l't{) q~il ~ertoq~ti~ fijl:Trq~cr II ~ 0 II
R~!(fij7l{f~~"'l~T~r l{)~~q:tri{ ij'~r
~r~c~(i!far~ '{lir~fu"~~ ~~~~T~(~Il: I
msu-
s;qr'tr'" Rril~';fif~ :q ~fucff~~[T ~~r m~ciT~ ~~~ ;q(ril
ffi~r
fiig~rii~:q;:ifrv~)sfq il<1Jr~'ffi'at ;q~r~rf;lo I
q-{q~((: ~d'ir ~~1t' ~qr Ijf"
[Adh, V
100 l=[\l'!§R f'-l :
~ ~
~llf~ ~~ c:~r+r~q:r Q'~: ~1;fri'9q;1lOT~~ ~{ci I ~o
•
,.
.....
"''''_
~GJ'~~'1'
II
Also ~r~1i:mr: <:i3'Rr
al~~{~ o:r~ qr.r.g ~~ffret :qr;:~+H.1r
. '<:I' "
~
,...,..,
Tcr'el'f
_.
q~'f!l'~rrif ~+rrrifq; lI'~
"''''
~
.............
~
~
r+r~~m~: [~cH ;;r~'f~~n :qr+l'lI'
-.
~
~NTrcr\TI:m :ijril+iro:<.r~Ci;r.
II I
II
~~'-f<;o (Lagnabala) multiplIed by the years obtained through the :31~r J~·r1.f (Amsayurdaya) method IS
9'133 x 60'8727 or 555'9503691. ~<;O (Sooryabala) multiplied by the years obtained through the fo/r-e-r~r
g'O J5
X
82'3772 or 742' 6304580
~ (Chandrabala) multiplied by the years obtained thCOllgb the f.r~;;:l
8'197 X 74'2756 or 608'8370932 The sum of the above three products is 1907'4179203. The sum of the strengths of the Lagna, the Sun and the Moon is 26'345. The rectified '31T~ C\yus) according to
~fu;lt ~~n ~~f.{IS?f q~;r~~ijf~ I ij'~ ~er ~~f ~~~~ ilf1crij~q~ij ~ ij({~: II ~~ II Blaha 32. When the Lagna the Sun and the Moon are devoid of strength (i.e" when their strength is less J
than 3 Rupas), each of the planets gives the arr~~ (Ayus) mentioned by ;it
Sl~
33.34 ]
101
mum is +th of the maximum life.period, viz., 120 years and 5 days. ~\iCIi
~~ij'", ~ :jff<.rla';rr ::n[~li' tr(+I'T~q: ~(~ \I
By the words "-9'l'[(;
Gf.
<:tTi[T~m:
.. "
~.....
......
~trn'~roq' TOfi
~~rfi:r.:rr if) t=iTifar if cir ~
icifirii: OfiT~ffi ~~: II
Also '?r.~~frr: -.
.....
~r~'ffr: ~o:r~r~~CI'r
-.
....
I
~
f'''
f
~
'*' . . .
qQ~Tfc~Ofi
f&:
~if
m!!~~ ""~"!f~R
;;'.:f
ctrm !t~*lT~lfT
~oi ~~;r~ ~T~f{ Rr lf~!.TT~Q~
+forRr
~~: ~r~{tVl:
ij'
~~~~
""
I
~~CI'il.1I
~~ q',~ij)-
ll:q~wm-e;1l)S~ liTfflf;ffi'sm I
~~~~?r{ijr ~~~T~fcf+i~) ~d li~iter'fT~~ II ~ ~ II ~ ~~" " ~ ~ '" " 3T~I'P~r: ~r+t~ij+1lrS~ lfHJn ~:nTW?,;{ q+'.fT ll~~a~T;~n I l{:q~~T~ffi:eit;:l{T ~N~~ ij' ft(uiT~~ ~{~~~~q II ~ \l Slokas 33-34. When a planet subtracted from its exaltation portion is less than 6 signs, it is to be subtract. ed from 12 signs. The result is to be reduced to degrees and multiplied by 8641 and the product divided by 504. The result will be the ~r~~ (Ayus) in days, ghatikas, etc,
102
[Adh.
When the days are divided by and dividing the months by 12, 4 reductions (viz' J '
....
,...",
30, we shall get months; we shall get years. The ~~~:;r~rf.:r:, an:ij;r;:r~ ~Tfir:,
exactly as prescribed in
".....
~
V
....
......
NQ':sr~q ~
=
Each planet therefore contrIbutes } of 120l... years::::: "566\1 years.
,
,
.~....
~I'Q~"II !:I'~; m~tr: 'I'f~+rl'i.ifr +riJ1'1~Rl:.
I
d'ifl'm: $~'Oi'q~+rrm (~~ ~ ~) &;:rrif~T~~T~~: ('" 0 'd) II -..,....,
,.
+rmT lG;ifrrG; 'l.ii\3Q 'Oi' -.~ "'.
r.t'
("
~G;~Sfr
""
"
I
.......
T~Q rn~aT +rr~T +rr~!:fr ~f€(T~: ~:+rT:
II
ayr~~~ij-!! q~@f~ ~,~:rT Q U~n'l ~~ffr~s~ I
l(~ fk~~r ~qiC{'l~ ~a: ~frn:~~r~fif
ijiij
~'\i~~ II ~ ~
SZalea 35. In the 3 Ayurdayas, viz., fit1'1:s~a;'h:r (Pin. dayurdaya), ~~m~;(r'l.i (Nisargayurdaya) and :;:r1<{'1iTiJ~~i~ (Jeevasarmayurdaya), the ~r~~ (Ayus) for the Lagna is to be worked just as in the at~~~r~ (Amsayurdaya). But when the Lagna is strong (i. e., when its strength exeeeds 6 Rupas) convert only the degrees, etc., contained therein into minutes, the integral signs being left out. Divide this by 200; the quotient in the form of years, etc., should be added to the ~if~~ (Lagnayus)~
i03
Sl. 35 ]
For a difierent reading ot this sloka see notes on !>lokas 20-21, SUPI a.
p. 93,
Three different views are held as to what constitutes ~m!1~(1) the first view IS that ~~~ (Lagnayus) is merely the number of years; etc .• correspondIng to the Nlrayana Longitude of the ascendant (vide JatakapariJata V. IS); (2) the second view is that Lagnayus is the number of years corresponding to the number of the Navamsas of the rising sign which are above the horizon; (vzde Brihat Jataka VII-Z); (3) the thIrd view is that Lagnayus is to be computed after (1) when the lord of the Lagna is very strong; and after (2) when the ruler of the Navamsa is stronger than the lord of the Lagna.
The commentator of Kesavapaddhati endorses only the second view in his interpretation of sloka 35 dealt with above. The same view is also upheld by ;:::riIT« (Damodara) who says:-
f~T~ ~Nf~ ~':f~'a:iT ~'8T qor~~:@ ~n:riJ. I
~~~ ~~~i{ir ~ {ir{-ttf ~ ~
Cj. further ~~q~:
Ci'mt mm-crCfNhi
~afi ~Tf'a'f;r~~
iqfir
~: (41~~q
\q. ~~im~ II
It will therefore be seen that the second view receives general a.ssent. The first view is mentioned by Varahamlhira Cf. t&:liOIldCli VII,2:The third is known to Kalyanavarman; ct. q5tif~~C,ilf: (4T\{OIOl' ~ma: I
a~m ~lfit U~Q~ ~ II ~ CGunakara) also says in his itU~;:a:
~.{ ~r.r ~i1T'iI;:rT: 6ilT: ~:
m ~ia:(4 6i1'~ ~qOfsr~r: I il"~b~f
"
ffi'.Tor~r.
[Adh. V
104
But Sripathi's 'view is dIfferent from all these and it, the reader may be reminded, IS to be found in sloka 18 ante; sloka 35 15 translated in the light of thIs VIeW, \iVhat sense the sloka will bear according to ~c[T9O;;!,~Efi[ (Dlwal,ara Daivagna) has also been indIcated already. C'... C' '" '" "r: t"'. "C' ~!11efi~1~tf,~~1~~1~ ~~n~~T~l(\ '=I'l~tfl+~~
I ~~l~ql~ef~~~ ll~~a:. q~~~~~: ~$~~~'ffi'~ II ~ ~ II Sloka 36. When there is an equality of strength between the Lagna and the Sun, the Sun and the Moon, or the Lagna and the Moon, find the sum of the Ayurdayas of the equally matched pair and take half of it. This will be the rectified an~~ (Ayus) as declared by .&i"tiR (Sridhara) and others. In this sloka the author treats of what is known as rl:im:!!?:r:r C.\1israyurdaya) already referred to in the introductory note to thIS Adhyaya. It consists of four varieties, v£z. :-When there is equality of strength (1) between the Lagna and the Sun, (2) between the Lagna and the MOOD, (3) between the Sun and the Moon and (4) among the Lagna, the Sun and the Moone What has been expressed by m'1"Rr (Sripati) in this sloka as the view of -3lN{ (Sridhara) and others has been contradicted by ~
"?:f~ ~'Ifi ??:fI~aT?:fi::m qT Cfirir~lifn,«f~~;rd fum~ ft fu Wqfaiil~ a~~ I ?:fa anfI ~Iif~~: Ii •
1:'
....
'VI
~.
.....~
('
~~~r.:tqTl{1li q1J~ +!forrrife~ffi~ ...
t:-"""
....
~
.....
I
&:;?:{,lliIl;~1li ~qffllT ~?:{N1.f'li~ +!r~?:f~
II
~«rrct:q;:srcf~Tllir ~?:{'1irif ~~ t/i'fli~ I
ortirf~ +!i(~: gr')lifn,«Tma~ Ii" ~m.
~ ~~~~f~aTFhGi~~~T~ ... .... '" " " ~ q~'1:f+{~t:i~ T~~t: I ~ef; ;:rU ~Rr ~ i~fi~~l~t ~'f{~ ~~~HJT~~((l~itf~: II ~ \9 II
S1. 37 -38 ]
105
37. T his '?;ff~~ (:\yus) has bc;en declared by wise men in respect to those; who are engaged in the pr~ctlce of virtu,:)U;c J.ctions, who kC2P their senses under control, who eat whol::;::;om,; diet, who are devoted to Brahmins and the Gods, and who preserve the noble traditions and graceful manners Ch::tLlcteristic of their familIes in this world. ,')107;(,"
'2m::r -i<;lT tj'/;::nfiif'1f
Also
~'(r;:;rat
~'[<['{f'iT':lf
"fum!'
RrGar.:ip.::rrarf
11;;f Ri-err'1Trtr?; +ir':i:'f~ Rt;:~';f ~~r etq;:l-l§A!:flJih;~ II
... tf
~
"\
'"
"\
qTq~<;~T~HT
I
~~Troij~ ~ ~qTlfefi~ii~uf ~~~ II ~ ~ II '=-
~f~ ~lqRrr"?r(Riar
8loZ'a 38.
Premature death overtakes those who arc sinful, covetous and thievish, who revile Gods and Brahmins, and who are addicted to gluttony. Kesava adds &rf.:r"!l"'i~n=rasR~'C:q~+i<:lf~T~~s~q~~:m 't ~..,'.... ""-. -.::,,..... ..... ~:anserr'l!
-..
'"
-
at{!1Jl<:fSH?! ""
f
~r~: '8'{~T+!~ '!(m;:;~i1Oli'l'f
J;fl't'f.
...,
,qUs"Tf-;'{:ztT Q'('i: I
z::rnri:m:
-
.......
~rn+i:
~~+f~'lia:~q~~5
He alw states in the slo),a overleaf the toial lite-period of some of the anim"tls other than human beings and the method to be ndcpted for calculating thelr longevity.
m.
T;j,
14
[Acih. VI
106 f.l'iirt if'-'i~~+rr ~
~~ ;~}Hrr!q'r ~ ~~cT
aqy ~~:rr~~~q: II ~~ II
The full period of life in the case of men and elephants is given as 120 years and 5 days; whIle in that of horses it IS 32 years. It is 25 in the case of asses and camels, and 24 for bulls and buffaloes. 16 years are allotted for tigers, etc., sheep and the hke, and 12 for dogs. For more detaIls, see Jatakaparija.ta V·40·44. In the case of ammals other than human beings, calcula.te the Ayurdaya as you do for a man, and get the Ayurdaya of the ammal required by rule.of-three process. Thus, suppose It IS reqUited to find the longevity of a dog. Cast the horoscope of the dog, and calculate the Ayurdaya in the way described above and say you get ' . b 12 ye:.J.rs X 90 90 years. The correct Ayus a f tue dog wIll e-120 Q. 5d ays , years c>:. or 9 years roughly,
End of the Fifth Adb yaya.
I ~,m~4f('R{~ ft~~ N~T~ij ~+mij FroT~S~f{ II ~ II ll::.rT~ ~~rifTij H~~TilT Wi ~ITq~T~ifrum1T(ij T~ '"
'"
""
'"
; (I"
•
"
Adhyaya 6. Sloka 1. The age accruing by the computation ( treated of in the foregoing chapter) may not be possible if there be harmful planetary positions in the horoscope. The age got (by means of reckoning) becomes possible from the existence of any circumstance which undoes the harmful planetary position. The following pronounce. ment is made in regard to it (~!lrl~-Rishtabhanga)
51. 2 ]
107
It bas already been stated in the intro:luctory note to the previous Adhyaya tha.t ii'FT'fr:g:.r,.(Yogajayus) sta.!'Jds on a qUite dtfIerent footmg from l'j'~;;lTQT:g;g", (Ganithagathayus) and cannot therefore be computed by mathe;l11.tical calculations, and fb1:i!T:g:.r,. (Rishtajayu:;) is only one of the varieties of the same. The author s:ays that
In many horo1;copes planets occupy eVil places and thereby destroy the term of longevity (amr-u
.
~tfiq~'~«ri ~~~ ~Rr ~lfq~'l. II ~ II Sloka 2. The balance of strength which the f{!;ii{ (Rishtakara) and the +!'Wfl" (Bhangakara) planets may severally have as a result of the difference struck between their respective forces of good and evil-this balance of strength divided by 4 is to b~ put down in the Rasi column of the mr=r~ (Saptavarga) table. A half of this is to be entered in each of the remaining VargJ.s. R~
+fWifil: (Bhangakara)
=counteracting the above. The Sun's ~~~ (Ishtashadbala) is 7·933 (p. 63 supra) His cng~~ (Kashtashadbala) is O'Sl1. The dlfference is+7·122. A fourth of this is+ 1'780.
This should be put down a.~ainst
~ (Gnha) and! of 1·780 or 'S90 against '{[u (Hora) and other
Vargas under that planet.
108
Adh. VI
The followIng table represents the feoiJuctl strengths of the several planets compute:] 1:1 accordan~e WIth th'" "bl,a (;:2:·1shta is plus and 'Ii!!. Kash ta is mWlts): -
I
Planets
_~~U I ";
i
~
'::1~1';; ~ I ~
~
~E'~~
g--II~~--
~ ~
>(j)
-
§'
~
<1:i ~
R-aS-i---.-,--'-\-l-,]-S-O I_J '176 [-0'317 1-0'374 LC),052 ;-],168 '!-:)"850 Hora
...
1+0'890 1-0'083 1-0'159
i
I
-0'1871"0'025 I
Drel,kana
,.,!+0·890:-,)'088 1-0'159 1-0'187 '-0'026
S,ptam
•• , +0
L:I r084 1_)'.130 i 1_:)
C8t
1-~r430
890ko881-~'I;g ;-0'187 ~C'026I-)'08JO'430 NaVat1l8a .. +O'8901_~'08'3I-J'159 i-0'187 -)'034 L:)'43U Dwada"m" .. '+~ 890 -)'088 ~O'J59 \~O'1S1 ~O'026 -)'081 1-0'430 -0'0_6
Tnmsam,a
. . .-
, .. +0'890 -:)'088 -0'159 1
j-J 187 -0'026 (l 08+ I-O"UO
~,~~"""'""""~""""""".:."""""""'.,.,,:
Of. also ~f'HJ'n~:
..
=~--~~
~~rTh:<.fir (\9) ;;raT~~'l'r ~q~:mrr'taT
~r$fr~~r:@<:i
+!9:i
+!§f
G'...
Cizrro:
•
Q~~ iSTti5"~,
I
~r~~ri?:q;f;H:err;:rt ~~mr~'!l' ~U'-~+r. II ~
~:;r
t".
,......
.....
~fr;fl!(H'fWilr
I
Sloka 3. When the strength of the a~'f;t (I~ishta. kara) planet entered in the I~asi and other varga c')lumns of the ~aqif (Saptavarga) table (as directed in tioe preceding sloka) is mu1tlplied into the total q~qti5" (Shadbala) of the lords of those respective vargas, its totality is ascertained. The strength of the ft~+r~'l'it (Rishta Bhangakara) planet entered in the ~:r8'q.1 lSaptavarga)
109
S1. 4 ]
table should be simibrly manipub.tel to get its whoie amount. The Sur.'s strength due tJ Rasi is 1'78,) and to Hera and the othel Varga, '890 E:!ach, Tbe brd of the Rasi ('ccupied by the Sun IS ·Mars and his f.i-::'=r'" (Shadbah) is 7'731. Cons,quently the product of l'7S) and ,'731 sh.:mld be entere::i a;amst the ;::IT3a"ft[ (Raslvarg8), As the Sun IS in the Moon's Hora, the product of '890 and S'197 should be entered agamst the i"r;::i9, ....
>=1
Planets
::!
(f)
::l 0 0
~
... CI1
C!l
~,
::!
t
u
[
....
...
....
CI1
p i:l
'0..
p .....,
>=1 ....
-
::!
~
~
I
3"22'
-0" 44 8 + 299 - 6'648
>
rJl
Rasi
\+ n"7 61 r00 676\-2"73
I-Tora
,+ 7'_95-0'721-1'433 -
Drel,kaNl.
\+ S'023 1-O'656 -1'229 - 1'4451-0'2241-0'757 - 3'703
Saptamsa
+
Navamsa
+ S'.J26()·656-1·369 - 0'718 -0'201-0'757 - 3'703
Dwacasamsa
+ 6'88°1-0' 546 -0'611
Tnmsamsa
+ T665(l'758
Total
S'~2.:1-0'65C -1' 369 -
1
l'68~ -0'234 1-0'757 -
3'524
0718-0'224 -0'688 - 3'207 1
1
1-
1'610-0'224 -0' 521 - 3703
-: '229 1-
0718 1-0'224 -0'723 - 3'507
+ 5T 173L4'669 -9'976'-10 '116 ;-]'779 -5'502 -27'695 I
I
110
[Adh. VI
""
...
,,~
"'"
T;r~tq ~q~ ~~m~~~:r ~H~~eoC!;~ q~f T~ H~J{ '" l{~+r~: " " H~~Cf ..... " II ~ II ~ijT~~q i9'~{;rijplT+{p{
I
~fu ~lqrafir(f:;:mr:fr;>;j: "n!:
Slokas 4-5.
Weigh well the fo1lowing points in regard to the IT!~ (r~ishtesa) as well as the <1~it~ (Bhan. gesa) planet: (1) whether the planet is benefic or malefic; (2) its influence for good or evil on the whole; (3) its position as to whether it be in its exaltation sign) in its Moolatrikona, in its ow n house, etc., in its depres3ion, or in eclipsed state. Subtr,lct the strength of the one in the several Vargas from the strength of the other in the correspondmg Vargas: ascertain the difference. If it be apprecia bly grea t and is on th~ side of the f{!'~ffi (Rishtakartha), there is IT~ (Rishta). If it be on the side of the <1~rc"!l~ (Bhangeswara), then the threatened evil is counteracted. If the forces 0f both be even, and there be no appreciable difference, there is 11:£ (Rishta) still. The method advocated in these slokas is however conde mned by ih;"19~~ CKesavadaivagoa) as unsound in principle fol."" judging the f~ (Rishta) for the following reason :Take the ca<;e of a planet whose ~'Ef.;r~ CUchchabah) and The it!! (Ishta) and the Cfi~ will each then be i, The difference between the it~ Crshta) and Cfi~ (Kashta) will be zero. In this supposed case, even If the planet should be possessed of full strength, the difference between the two products of strengths as made out by SripatJ's rule would be nothing, So that the planet will turn out neither a ft-eCfi\: CRishtahra) nor a ft~~w (Rtsbtaharta)' which is untenable. And again, take the case of a [tall:': (H.ishtahara) planet whose ~iifOl" (Uchchabala) and ~-er
~li[~ (Cheshtabala) is each a half Rupa.
111
S1. 4.5 ]
total and It has to be classed as ",f;.."l (Ahita); and for such a planet with Its e)..treme 'fjp;q-iil" (Kashtab,da) t'J be able to ward off the R~ (Rlshta) whilst itself labourlllg under a condition of depression or combustion would be an impossibIlIty. Kesava lays down the following rule-
s~oi ~~~+rg.:m~X'Cf.raT f?r~r4 +rf~nno;: fh!~ +ft- q~Q.. I ..............
~
~.........~.
~ R"~&:ar ~~j:j ~~rn: l3f(er~IW[f~ff
~~morer;:aHc~ ~ ~\l a~fu:;~;;:
As regards the tW;) planets, the K:!'fi<:: (Rishtakara) and the (Rlshtabhanga), consIder well th:; followin!S factors-(U the nature, whether good or evil, of the pla:J.ets rulmg the uRT (Rasi)t ~Kr (Hora) and other Vargas tenanted by the said two planets; (2) the posItion of such rulers, to wit, whether th~y are in their exaltation, MoohtnkoDa, Swakshetra, very friendly, friendly, neutral, inimical, or very iOllnical house, whether they are strong or weak for a conjunction (~~~~-Grihayudha), combust (31~ifq'Astangata) or depressed. The essential and accidental good and evil inferra.ble from these considerations should next be properly weighed. If, on such a comparison of the said two planets, the good of the one should preponderate the evil of the other, it might be judged that there would be no ftg (Rlshta). If not, the pronouncement should be that there would be K2: (Rishta1. Th1t is to say (1) the nature, whether benevolent or malevolent of the planets ruling the several Vargas occupIed by the fb:1:ifi<: (Rlsbtal,ara) and R2:+ffi (RIshtabhanga) planets and (2) the location of suc h rulers, wbether in t heir exal~ tation, Swa\{shetra, etc., must be consIder: d.
R!:Ff1f
0(.
mlR.
~
,..,.,....~..:;..
ql(ifT~rr;:?fr:q~ra.:f
'3'f;;q-llfT.fro;:
"'" I~atl'(f\'ir~ I
~liifi1t~m;:
The following conventions may here be usefully noted : ~'3f'"c:
[Adh. VI count respecttvely for one goo 1 and one bad unit. 3"'Ej (Uchcha) and ~'1l:f YuddhE'jaya) count each for [o;u good unit.
131if'f (S::Wl'1.tva) counts
Now let us suppose Mus to be the RE<=i;;j (Rlshtabhan;:;a) planet 10 the example horoscope The goat! and evd clue to hIs location 10 the several Vargas wlll tben stann out as under : -
);:r~+1" (Asubha·
'2}+1" (Subha Good)
EVIl)
---------------------~-------------
12
a.1 :Nfm (:'dhim,[m)
1
I
1'~F<[!f\I (~aumyagraha) 1 \Ifl1 (Hora)
5 \:.I3lNT+r3f (AdhlJ1:'1tra)
1I:"-fiT'lf (Drekkana)
8 ~ T.'9~3f (Swahbetra)
"2ll1T;a (Saptamsa)
12 :1. G1f6rT
Cfrq::rcr 1 Papagraha 2 do
B'rn[!fi[ ~ Saumyag raha) 1
12 g. G1Mfli3f (Adhimitra)
'1'.fT'
1
I{P'!i!fl[ (Saumyagraha)l
ijJ;;:~t:{l
CDwadasamsa) 11
j'~:(lt.!(n (Tnmsamsa)
Total
~.I fi:l3f
\
(Mitra)
1 ~. '2:r~3f (Swa\(shetra)
... )
1
Iqrq~'f
I Papa;:;raha 1 21 do
(til (Hlta) 12 \-;;-[Q(f Ct\hlta)
+
The result of the above analysIs is 8 umts of fu"(f (Hltil). Next, let us suppose Venus to be the ft~".f,aT CRishtakarta) planet. In tbat case, the corresponding fi~ures work to 5 (t(f (Rita and 12 ~f~q (AbIta) leavlDg a net balance of 7 3TIl'[<1 (Abita). Here, as the 8 f~(f (Rltra) units of the R:'lZ
til ~
._ tv
-
....
--...,I
Jt:;",-"
._
::r: (I-I..:t: R;,::r: (,_-'
-
..:t:
R;
V1
~ Rasi (,rru) ~ Hora (fur) o
... 1
Mars
':'41'
",,2
1
1
...
3
1
:r: (I-
l
1
t4
2
('Jtri;;:r)
Z
2-14
2
::r 11"nmSalllsa . ("T'4:(1m .) t:IUChCha ('3"'E!)
~ ..!:'l'eecha (
I
...
~
.\stanga1a ('iF"'1W1")
•••
I
."
•••
I
f
Victorious in war C,:!7J:Of"f) ... Vanquished in war C?;!ti-srcr) .•. Autpattika (31,,!~qf~q,)
H
1
.l""I
~ \9
+4 2
2 1 lIZ
._
- tc:
~
cd '0.>fi!""i-I
~
1
3
... ,... ... , ... I ,,,
R; I
1
2 3
.. "
...
3
...
1
1 11'" 312
~ll~
fc;:
_
:r: (!!::! <1! R; •..
",c(i"O
11 ...
2
..~ IH~4 II: '\;+,
1
1
:;,
'1
:'I
"'I' "'1' ...
••
... ..•
II
...
...
I'"
...
...
If'
...
.,,
0.P'" ,:: CD ::J ...... _. 0
I~
1........\
....- I..... (j) -' p,. (::: CD
:ao_. ::J
,.,.O'C!
o
....
rt-
I"
~
8
(I) ••
U1
::rcr' CD CD <:
ill
M
I" P'" ,..... Il'
'd
til'
I"
I"
.....
t:l
ro ....
H-,
M-
CD
A
~J t't
~o.
""
5' :;>;: M-
!f)
P'" I" C1l .q Ol ll' ~
w-
'd CD ~MOl P'" P'" 0 o 0.
'of'
M
M-
(f)
Ol
o
'--_ _ _ _T~ot2_.l_.,.....:..1_14_± \ 13112! 4/ 8! 10 \ 14 3\ 5 \12\1+ 16 1
g'1-j
~ 8
... "'j'" ... '"1'''/'''\'''1'''···1 ::: I ~:: \' ~~~ ...
III
tl
0.
!f)
$
t
I'
I'+H
1 11+$4 114
J 1 .. ,
fc
nl +-'
ft:, ..e(i!:' - tc:
:r: d'::' ..:t: R; :r: ~ ~
1
Sat,!:lrn
Venus
1
1
"'I'" ......
... ... I'"
I
I
(If ....,
221
*1· ..
~
~
2 2
2\
1
2
Z 1
;:r:
1
2
en ..... Navamsa (<1"9[:(1) ~ Dwadasamsa (llJ~~1t~)
..... tr; ~ ..eLi!':' .- fe,
2
:::: Drehkana (~Eq,f'Tr)
g Saptamsa
IMercury IJupIter
~llqi-I '" 'T:l1~=-1 ro ~I~ I'" ~I~~..e(~ ~X!~~..c(~ ~ ",c(~.- ~ ",cd~ i{;;
~ ~
I
" Moon
s!::u
1
::r
C)
o u
O'C! 0
!-&
..
p,.
W
CD
0
!-&
114
[Adh. VII
('
"" ....
t\
aT;:ij~~T~~ijlt~er~T~ ~~+ml
;@ ({~Tij Rfur~T~ ~fH+n~rt{ I ,....
" "
~1~: ~~T~+nerP:i~'li~~ ij+1:{-
:m~~~m~f.r~l'll{~n:r~~+n II ~ II Adhyaya 7. Sloka 1. Since it is an assured fact that all living creatures have the reward of their previous Karma ('fi+i) good, bad or mixed clearly revealed to them throughout the several Dasas (periods of planetary influence of which life is composed) with their divisions and sub-divisions such as (aT;:a~~T) Antardasa, (~G:~T) Vidasa, and (~.:jG:~r) Upadasa, we now proceed to set forth the rule for determining the order of the Dasa periods. This chapter deals wIth the different' Dasas '-i.e., the mam periods of influence of each successive planet in a man's life. WIthin each one of these main periods, however. It is possible that a man experiences different vicissitudes. The chapter, accordingly, deals also with the sub. divisions (Antardasas, Vldasas and Upadasas) in which these vicissitudes occur. While the ~1.,T:q" (Dasanatha), the principal planet governing the Dasa, has a general influence over the whole peried of his Dasa, there is the possibility of a different planet having a subsidiary influence over the subdivision of which he is the master. The calculatIOn of these sub-divisions and the order in which they occur are also dealt with in this Adhyaya.
'lliri ro~~~T
q~~iJ ~SI''lT ~;ij~~ ij~T ~n'UR~n \SI'~ ifr~~~a~~ ~m~r m~err.t. I ..... ""'''' .....
q~l{~ \SI'~ lij~ij"'lTC{~tl~ ~C{~~r: ~'l:
lr,*tlflffl~f.tT~NqUr: ~1ffrt~ga~lT: II 't It
51. 2.6 ]
115
qyeii rn:~~ w~ ~ttf:;~~~~~r ~~.Ptri=~~~ I ~ij~Tlffi: r.r; """ """" ~r~!l~+HS3I' +{~ ~?Ur~qT~~~ ~~~r~~n~:
II ~~ II
~~~m~~: ef;Nq~~!lr3.t: ~~ij~T N~?Urf1il:ly;:r: I """. «~ q~~rs;r '" " II \l II ~ Hr~ij'~: qlJ~~r ~T;rl:fi~T~'-Hr<\: " ..... '" ""-,,, '" '" "" ~r~fPl'i: ~T~~ ij'fIlI'fsrq' ~r~~r ~r!tfi~H~I:ly;r: I !lr~rS!qrn ;:r::fiff i~r~~~nTh:;ri(r ~~l{) ~~TflTHl. II '-\ II
3R~~qm~Rm'li~: ~r~~T~~) +il~'fij~;rritg I ij'[F\~J: ~er~l{~Tt!~~qq~: ~Nq')ssr ~: Ii ~ II Slokas 2-6. The Yavanacharyas treat of the ripening of actions (qr
116
Adh. VII
planets 111 the several Bhwas. The seventh is what treats of the Yoga'l, i.e., pcculi:u planetary positions and conjunctions. The eighth is the one styled ~fu'T.
(I) The first mode is the ~m'iT'fi~T (Nalsarglkadasa). The years assigned to each planet under this head may here be set out for facility ot reference ;Years 1 2 9 ••• 20
The Moon Mars Mercury Venus
Years 18 20 50
Jupiter The Sun Saturn Lagna
...
...
~'fi ~
..
"',,",......
t'\
........
'[T
~'P
~
""'!'
~
"""'~
,. .,. (\
~: ~: ~'T.
~;;a-
... f"'.,f'
•
....
""
.....
"'.
""
~
EJ~T~
~
~CI~r~a-r '
~1l(rw.r ~m~ ~mr'i
117
51. 2-6] Also ffiU'f~"r ~$p'q~~~r~{.rQ~ihrfi(qP-lim~~l'IJTnr.. , ....
,.....
....
~
~
~
~iNIr ~qr~${& ~!:r q~T~l06~q
II
(2) The secolld mode is the ~~liji+f (Dasakrama) descrIbed in sloka 8 infra. (3) The third is the arrcr.hrr (Antardas'I.) described in slokas 15 and 15 tnlra. (4) The fourth is the fq~r (Vidasa) and ~~ (Upadasa) described in sloka 17 mIra. (5) The fifth is the so·called ur% (referred to in slokas 39-54 of Jatakapanj:J.ta Adhyaya VIII; Bnhat Jata1.a·XVU, XVIII and XIX; Phaladeepika, IX.
(6) The sixth is the ;rrCf1li5 (Bhavaphala) described in slokas 56-99 of Jatakaparijata Adhyaya VIII; Bnhatjataka, XX. (7) The seventh mode is concerned with the Yogas such as ~';t~f;r: (Dwltryadigraha yogas), U~
~fu ~atf1{aT cfmr: ~ri 'ii'~ft& qr+r~r f;p:r~rm;:;:~r ~a- ~~~rr~frI II
(8) The eighth mode is the ~ (Drishtipbala) or tbe effects due to the a!>pects receIved by the lord of the Dasa (vzde Jatakapanjata Adbyaya VIII, slokas 46-47). (9) The ninth is the are:'Ilq~~T (Ashtakavarga Dasa) referred to in Jatakaparij ita X·46-50; Phaladeepika XXIV -27 ·33.
(10) The tenth is on the effects due to lhe ~q;T (Shadvarga) positions of planets, i. their locatIOn in a Hora, Drekkana and so on. C/. Jatakaparijata IX-llO.U2; Brihat Jataka XIX·4·9.
e.,
(11) The eleventh is detailed in Jatakaparijata Adhvaya IX, slokas 10-39.
118
[Adh. VII
(12) The twelfth is a little pecultar and relates to the discovery of the specific ~'JT~'1T:n (Dasavlpaka) from a consideration of the moods and modes then mamfestmg themselves in the native. The rationale of the method is briefly set out thus by 9\r~mf~:{ (Varahamlhira) In Bnhatiataka, AdJyaya VIII·21·2? ..
..
~r~H ii~T~aiiCiT
:q
10.,[.
"
'"
~~sr~o l~!{P:cr ~~
I
$J;;;:rfu'l'~:r;51f~ror.. ~lJTr~ i{Tt:rI~~'tcq~~~i1lr~ir~A:. II .....
"
••
~
't'.
~+r~~~~T~T ar~~r"l;::cr~m!T ~~Q'rcr ~t:rT ~r~q+r:qr'r+r
:q I
~r~ ~+r~+rlfi~rfir fir?r~q;;crr ~(f!ir ~ll'!:l"tf~cr~~ ~~ar~: I a~T~orlor.. "l'fu~ftr st~
..... "
......,...,
~
~'!m':q~+rr+~~qr;::
"
ml'tfT mar '
~cfr~r(;Ra:~;r<'(1 Gl4{;fr" :qf1::'-l'r ~r~r lfi1!5 (I'~-aCit ~+rm~~rra- II .... ..... " ........... " ~ ~ :q~r ~'l'.{T q~+rTTgqorr ~ (I'~j;fi+r: (;SfmCf: I
~R~Trn mfdt;rt ~~qrq
fu* ~
ctf~gffi'~~ \:T~ II
Sl.7 ]
119
~~i!1i~?t~iJTr qrqn;:'Cfr~(?;Rm ~iJ
~fz
filfelRCf nnvfu~r ~<.t~t ~
U Complexion in man, animals and birds is detected by persons learned in the matter and mdicate both good and eVIl and is like a lamp placed within a crystal vessel throwing its light on the subject around."
.. The complexion discernjble in shining teeth, skin, nails, and hairs of the body and of the head will be attended with good smell If it be caused by the element of earth. It will make the person happy, rich, prosperous and virtuous." "The complexion which is glossy white, clear green and agreeable to look at is caused by the element of water; it will make all creatures possessing It happy and successful in all their attempts and wIll produce wealth, comfort, luxury and prosperity." " The complexion which indIcates fear and is unbearable and of the color of the lotus, gold or fire and which also indicates strength, power and valour is caused by the element of fire and it soon brings success to the person and enables him to gain his desired object." .. The complexion which is dirty, not glossy, black and of bad odour is caused by the element of air. It will cause to the person death or imprisonment, disease, ruin and loss of wealth. The complexion which is of the color of the crystal, noble, clear and indicating wealth and generosity is caused by the element of ether. It will give a person all that he desires." These Mahabhutas are presided over by the several planets and thus stand in a definite relation to them. Consequentiy. it is possible from the complexlOn of the native to infer the ruling :vIahabhuta and from that the ~~f1:rm (DasapatI) who sways the native in the form of that Mahabhuta. ThIS in essence is the whole process of the 12th mode and the rest is a mere matter of detail. Ct. in this behalf verse 30 post. as to how to relate a ~rml9l (Dasavipaka) to the strength of the ~~r'1r[ (Dasapatl) in its effects upon the native. ,....
"'r-
"-':'
--.
3fT~~;:~n ~~ij ~q ~TT~~I"'1 ij a,:~T; 3f+r~h
I ij;{T~~n ~q i~~ ~~~ (\~TSli~ ~l1m ~1~~:n1{: 11\911
[Adh. VII
120
8loka 7. T he varieties of Dasa under the heads of 10, g, 6, 4, 3, 2 according to the authorities above named are not separately treated because they are mostly included in the 12 divisions we have given. We shall therefore proceed to give the ~'mSfi+r (Dasakrama) or the order of the planetary periods. ,*r1:!"Rr (SripatI) here says that he need not stop to consider the tell fold mode of judging a horoscope advocated by +rtrrrr~ (:Yf::l.l1itta), nor the modes adopted by other authors as all such Will be found embraced by the twelve-fold mode prescribed by Yavanacharya. He accordingly proceeds to investIgate the G:'' (lTifi+r (Dasakrama) whIch is the second sub· dIvisIOn under the twelve-fold mode. The reader may here be reminded that the Dasas connected with the G:'raffli+[ (Dasakrama) are sometimes distinguished into ten sorts with reference to the manner 10 which they will act on the character and destiny of the natIve. The names of the ten sorts are 1. 3f~'QI1T (Atyuttama) 2. B1f.Oll (Sampurna) 3.3fTUitUfr (Arohini) 4. li'0l:{T (Madhya) 5. ~quNoit (Avarohim) 6. RmT (Rikta) 7. ~R!!:~ (Anishtaphala) 8, 1+[~'1,~T (Mlsraphala) 9. 3f'll1T (Adhama) 10. ~(
"".
"r-
to
~;<{'~T~'i: ~Q~41ra-t ~'t0n ~
"-
n'tl'iT I
"to ........ " ~ i!,:qFiFra~ ~~+lm ';Q
1/
;r~~ ~W~
;fr:qrR+1t~ ~+lq~~Q~ ~~ "l~ f+l~'1i~T J;lfa:~r I %i:il1~~qTfOT q:;~~ II Also~~?r:~
'('
.... ....
......
:q ;g~~rli~~:n~ crm-
~l'{T ~T~~'e~a~
\
~ R~'!!!cr~~{c
121
S1. 8]
"'" Q~~;:~AA~ijATI~& ~~ ~rrq1~ etT~ij'(i=tr I
'" "" ~q~~l~qT~1l{T~tfi~~er~r; ~:rr~~mT QqrS;:~T
er~m~~~T~: ~~lfTi{~qar~~T;~ij'Trtr il;r?clfflT ~~TT~~qJ1{~l{~~T ~tr~~m«~ II ~ II Blu7ta 8. Of the Lagna, the Sun and the Moon, whichever is strongest will have its Dasa first. Then will come the Dasa of the planets in its Kendra and other positions. \iVhen several occupy together anyone of these positions, the precedence will be given to the planet which predominates in strength. When they happen to be of equal strength, that which gives a longer period, in years, of
+r1!:q.s;:r.q. 'tf ~~: ~(?irfu I
iI' f~ iI' 1;f';(?ifElqr~: ~ ..tr~~~l'lf~rir ~errn ~ 1;f';(?iqf'ffi: ~;f+{Tqr~if:.f[r II
......" t{irf r~ ;q"::~rt{er Cf;~qr ~T "..,
atr~; w~
~;n+l{ lit{:rff litsqq~~
~
~T sr1;{(.i';~ 'tq~
I
a-.u 'tf ~r+~ sr~~fu:~'iE?T II
BRT~r
'(1~mtit~~m.rt Il1;{(i!if ~6rif~~'Ii~Cf;r~ :a-mr: lfi~r~r a:~~r: I ("
tttlT
f"',.""'"
....
......
........
..
,,....,
~':iITR'l'i;{l(i!iO'f: ~S~'l~: Rr+~ ~tI'i' ~~a:T Il~;rm.'{~~ \I
(!ISlifl
16
tiT 1;{
'tfT3:f<:i: I
[Adh. VII
122 ~;;T
T
+fctRf
~w.=r:
'" ~lf~~~r~ :q
srrmir
G;~T
qjurq'H~<;<:f
+i~cqmG;rqT~~&:
~~
fu:
qor ~if ~urr~~"f~ ~i
Ti[
\I
6'1.1
i:i~
~~'-I'r f{ ({~rf'cif;f,):Ji~ ~irrwrop·r~CfiT;;t a~:
cr~~jfr~~r+r~ T[iiifi[qf ciTq$it3t~ ~ , ~G;I~: ~+r~r~qiNCfi~tf~~lfoT ~a:~T
~l'r\WTC~o$+rrc~+rfq~r ~T4 ~ cr::ir"''!f?r II ~ 0 II \Vhichever among the three significators, vzz., the Lagna, the Sun and the Moon, is the strongest, has its Dasa ftrst. If all or any two of the three be of equal strength, then that which has the longer 31l?l?:T
123
S1. 8 ] Also:
....... ayii':-~r (?;~r
,
I
~. f(ifril;q'qa:fu: -~ifT~~fta~+ftifT'~ I ~fnq'~r-~~~ikr'~ilr;;rl=(
mrr~~~mfu;;rl=(
,
I
itmi~~:-Rf~ifTiio:cr.",rl=( I When the first Dasa is thus arrived at, the next Dasa will be that of the planet occupying a Kendra with respect to the ruler of the first Dasa. Now if two or more planets should be situate:} in such a position, then the Dasa of the strongest of the lot would lead off; then would follow th'1.t of the planet next in strength and so on. But if such planets should be possessed of eqllal strength, then the one that has a longer ~r~'{P-r ('\yurdaya) WJuld have his Dasa prevail earlier. If. in the above case, the ~r~.u'f (Ayurdaya) agalO should turn out to be equal, then the planet which would first become visible after its conjunction wltb the Sun would rule the earlier Dasa. But Yavaneswara's rule is not so hard and fast when he says:Cfilf~
crT
ttif: ~ ~i: q~aT
I
If such planets should however chance to have equal strength, equal longevity and equal rising after their conjunction with the ,Sun, then that planet which is anterior in the general order of precedence among the significators would rule the Dasa in question; and this general order of precedence is usually taken to be (1) the Lagna, (2) the Sun, (3) the Moon, (4) Mars, (5) Mercury, (6) Jupiter, (7) Venus and (8) Saturn. As an example, let us suppose the Moon to be the strongest significator in a horoscope, and the Lagna. the Sun, Mars and Jupiter to be in Kendra positions With respect to the Moon and both the respective strength and longevity of each of these four Kendra occupants to be quite the same. As it will be completely out of the question to think of an apparition after a solar conjunction in regard to the Lagna, and the Sun, the a:m
[Adh. VI!
124
in this supposed case will be first the Lagna Dasa (as the Lagna IS anterior to the Sun in the general order of precedence) and then the Dasa of the Sun; of the remaining two !'ignificators Mars and Jupiter, whichever will be the first to become VIsible after Its cenjunction wIth th e SUll will rule the thIrd Dasa and so on. But If these two should have a simultaneous appantlOn after a solar conjunctIOn, then, Mars would rule the third Dasa and Jupiter the fourth in the general order nf precedence. ,<"
ter
'q~~~ ~~T ~~r ~T~
•
+u;r q~T
..,
..,,,..,
~~,{Qf Ter~r'Q(f
I ~ ij lI1err~{~lif~\JGT~ ij~)~tJ ~ilor ~HiT R~;:tJT~ II~ II +iFn~mtfer~lNfij- Q~ qr~ilif{ ;fiqij~T{~J;~ I liTeflft~%STq ft ~~~~ ~F~~~ qTttfir~T !f~{'Q~~ 1\ ~ Q II
~;:lTfe,:ql;rt ~ijG:f ~~lFr ~nrQ{~H~~r~l.Tl~cfi ~ ~~ I ~:;:nftlJRij~ ~!tQ: ~f~;:q~, err ~~~~lfr ~n II ~ ~ II SZaleas 9-11. When the Lagna has its Dasa first, [which will be in an ~'liTT~~T~ (Amsayurdaya)], the process of determining the order of Dasas of the several planets is as follows: Find out the difference between the planet and the Bhava which it occupies. Take the excess over this of half the difference between the Bhava occu. pied by the planet and the next preceding or succeeding one, whichever is nearest to the planet; divide this excess by half the difference between the 2 Bhavas taken. The quotient is to be multiplied by the q~or~ (Shadbala) of the planet. This result must be obtained in the case of every planet occupying the Kendra and other positions. Whichever planet is found to have the highest strength will have priority over the rest in regard to a Dasa, Antardasa or Vidasa. The illustrative horoscope is a case of af~rgc::f
and so has for its first Dasa the i!>«c::~r (Lagoa Dasa).
125
51. 9-1I ] To find the 1\mifil1 CDasakrama) we The Sun's longitude is The longitude of the 1st Bhava is Difference
proceed thus: 0' 17° 43' 30" 0' 14° 31' 46" 0$ 3" 11 44" ............. A
The difference between the 1st Bhava and the 2nd Bhava is O' 27" 43' 28". Half of this IS aS 13 0 51' 44·' ............ B. The excess of B over A is Os 10° 40' 0", The ~"
""
~........"
~~r~?J:m ~~rcr:s'f'T.~Rrii'(mr q'r6Jj~lt
11
The following table shows the DasakDn1:l.b1.1as the several planets in the same horoscope:-
(7."
of
Rupas I Rupas The Sun 6'9361 Jupiter 3'3292 The Moon 4'7469 Venus 7'2002 Mars 0'2420 Saturn 0'1283 Mercury 1'6013 Of the planets in the Kendras, it will be seen that Venus possesses the gratest strength. So his Da'la comes out as the second. Then comes that of the Sun. The Moon's Dasa follows next and Saturn's will be the 5th. There are no planets in the Succedent (q"IJfCfl~·Panaphara) houses. Then of the three planets in the Cadent ('31f~I1.Apoklima) houses, Jupiter will rule the 6th Dasa. Mercury the 7th and Mars, the 8th and last. The sequence and time-measure of the several Dasas in the horoscope may be tabulated as under:1.
Lagna Dasa 2. Sukra Dasa 3. Ravi Dasa 4. Chandra Dasa 5. Sani Dasa
4'8431 years 5'0840 years 16'2502 years 1'8778 years 5' 8146 years
12B
[Adh. VII 6. 7. 8,
Guru Dasa Budha Dasa Kuja Da~a
0'8335 years 14'9717 years 11·1978 years
The same sequence will apply to Antardasas and Vldasas as well. To determine the hme.measure of the Antardasas under a Dasa, we proceed thus: Let us take the case of the first Dasa in the example horoscope, 'mr~m (Lagna Dasa). Its perIod is 4' 81-3 I years. There are three planets, viz., the Sun, Venus and Saturn in the house occupied by the ~r\f0 (Dasapatl), and e1ch of Lhese three will therefore rule for half time-measure of the ~:q~~r (L3.gnantarda.sa) vide sloka 15 infra, JupIter occupies a Trikona position with respect to the c:::~ri1r:q- (Dasanatha), i. the L'lgna and so his a:r;:qim (Antardasa.) will be a third of the ~r;:(1'if~r (Lagnantardasa). The Moon is in the 8th house and his ':s1;:;;t~r (Antardasa) will therefore be a fourth of the O\"m;:;;i~r (Lagnantardasl). The O\"ltf'{~T (Lagnadasa) has thus to be distributed among the Antardasanathas (a:r;:<:r~m
viz., the
e.,
or
Lagna,
Venus,
the Sun,
the Moon,
1 12
Saturn and Jupiter
!
!
t
i
it
6
6
3
6
4
We therefore have for the Years
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Lagnalltardasa Sukrantardasa Ravyantardasa Chandrantardasa Sanyantardasa Ciurvantardasa
~¥ X
4'8341 x 4'8341 116,[ X 4'8341 1137 X 4'8341 116" X 4'8341
or or or or or B"~x4'9341 or ff6<;
Total...
1'5707 0'7854 0'7854 0'3927 0'7854 0'5235 4'8431
The following is another reading of sloka 11-
ri~ "r~!=I'~ <1I1i'frfir ~~~9TIi:!fI;:lfRr;f; ~ ~~ I ~1ol~~ ~lTr ~r,,;:a-~m \1ff f~~r~!:n
51. 12-14]
..
,,~"\\'
"\
127 "\
3TT~T ~m ~~TtfQT9mtfT ij~T ~ ij'~~ij;rq ij~
I ~~~ij \lfui(~ ij~~;:1.J~ eft{~ ~;rfef~~ II ~ ~ II e
C'
•
"\
•
~
C'.
~qt{qFU ~t{q;:~~ij ~~T~ eft{i(~ ij~Ti:
I
~T~ ql~T~~ir~T~~TlJft ~wn;ret ~rn:t{~~~ ~p:n II ~ ~ •
C'
• '"'"'.
"\
\'
q~~tf\ efi{i(~ T9~T£~ ~!ij~;r Q;£\~~I~Uqn
".
(\
(,,,,
".
~~n~~ crr.ni{~TqT~! ql~T
({m efTs;:<:H::m
I :q
~~"l
II
Slokas 1:2-14. If the first Dasa belongs to the Sun (as in the case of the fq1Ji'r~~r~-Pindayurdaya), or to the Moon (as in the case of the lif«
~;:j{r a~~~t !f~~~ ~'~+I':$ +I'~~
'-1-r-..
•
l(r~r Cl~~;rfl£"'m~ .....
"'
........
{;:~r;:~ij~ar.iriff,@"
~
~
'"
"'il'iHTOTT
:qop:;{
•
f"\
~
llf~:
I
'""
«q~~-
~c{ ?:{~ ~il~ ;fr~;rNit; a~r~;rr~r ct~r II
Adh, VI1
128 ~~~H
!! ~ff!Tsr~~T'i~ 3:t~rutt
iiI<'9iI, II
~9q:&"Rr:~
.......
......f""..
"'.f'
"\l">
"',..
s~p~r~~~~+H 'C<{
~ f'.
'"
~
..
~
,...."
..
I
.....
q{ II
~qi[f!Tsr(?;~aT
The horoscope Illustrated on page 251 of Jatakapanjata and V,hICh IS reproduced below for facIlIty of reference is availed of In the subpended tables which are framed in accordance With the precepts laid down here-
~8 /' Total 1 Thebefore Ayus
Planets
US ! 2
55
Moon .. , 11
23
35
Mars ...
3
24
1
JI.'lercury.
o
13
10
Sun
j
reductlOn
Rupas I Years 30 I 8'154 j 17786 ! I 2+ 7'289 22"263 26
The Ayus after reduction
7'354
I
Years 17"786 14'842 5'209
7"665
4'626
48 17'550 !
Jupiter. ..
6
Venus ...
2
25
43
15 59
Saturn ...
o
18 17
Lagna ...
7
15
47
10th 'iFf
4
12
1
1
23
1
5'678
10'336
4'60+
50
j
7'71
16'259
14'606
3815'053
10'111
6740
24 17'345
4"737
4'737
96'149
73'150
32 I
I Total
-
I
I
]\i[OO~I Mere. _ Sat 1. Sun Ven~~
Venus
Mars
Moon Mars
_I
IZasi (.:hakra
--
....
_--_.--
I _. __tPIterl
-.--Mere.
Navamsa Cbakra
---
I
Isaturn
Sun
ILagna 1 Jup·l
,
Lagna
-rpra I
S1. 14 ]
~~ro ~~ I~. Planets 5b::l g @ ~
j
...
R asi
~
".I 1 836 I 2'038
~
8 ~
,
'"
::l
~
~
:>
...= ::l
~
(j)
1'822 1838 1'887/1'419 1"930 1'263
1
Hora
,.,
... 0918 1019 0'911 0'919 0944 1 0'710 0965 0'631
Drckkana
'"
.. ,I 091 S
Saptamsa Navamsa
1'019 0911 0'919 0944 ! 0710 0'965 0'631 I ... ' 0'918 1'019 0'911 o 9191 0'9 H 1 0'710 0'965 0'631
... ...
I
I
... : 0'918 1019 0911. 0'<)19 0'944 0'710 0'965 0'631
i
Dwadasamsa
.. , 0'918 1'019 [ 0911
Trtmsamsa '"
"'1 0918
-<
!
0919 09<4 0'710 0965 0'631
1 019 0'911 \ 0'919 \ 0'944 0'710 0'965 0'631
==
. -- -Table showing the lords of the several Vargas. -, ;>. ~-
ro
;:1 'o~
Planets Ra3i Hora Drekkaoa Saptamsa Navamsa Dwadasamsa Tnmsamsa
Q
ro
.. .II
",I
i
1
0
Ul
~
I
~
tfJ
831
2m- 12 U \ 4 'if 5<:: 2m- 8~ 8 ~ II ~
5 \: 8~ 2~
:;)
I
0
:;:)
...
.....
I:::
H
:l~~ ", ...
i
u
....
'"' til
-
4Tf 5<:. 12 ~ 3 :1'
JO~\l1~ 11
:::I -,
:;.-
!J)
3~ 'if 7~ 7~
4:q 5\:
'A
;:g
~
-
l~
7~
5 \: 5<::
5'( 3~ l~ 2~
+"l'
:(f
4'9
3!':t' 9 ~ l::!i 10 :(f 12~llO:(r U!!
6 '!
5"
4
l?~ 11 ~
7~
y!!
i:l
3~
'"'
::;l
~
1~
4 -r 6 ~ 89,'
9:1
Table showing the Vargabalas of the planet!;. ce on ell ....1 I:l
Planets
I I
I:l
a ::l rJl
0 0
\
:g
[
10'345
1
"'...ell
~
...;...,
::I
I
.,8
~
Rasi
...1 13'502' 15'731
Bora
.. .I
7'485
7'427
7'428
7'493
7'697
Drekkana
...1 5'212
7 865
G 699
.'5'221
Saplal11sa
'
Na.vam~a
...
Dwadasamsa,
..
...
til
2
::l
::l -.
:>
'0.
...CI::I
«
rJl
14'571
9288
5789
7'034
4'599
7697
5360
7449
5'145
4'6031 6'938
6880
5 221
7'449
4'599
6'751
5'149[ 4603 1 4'643
6'880
5'477
5'479
4'764
7'086
7'693
7'127
5'789
4'876
4'643
,,485 1 7'493
1
13'397 13'877 10'953
.,I:l
5'1721 6'758
6
-- ------- ---- ---- ------ - - - - -
Trimsamsa... Total
5 212
7'865
4603
4643 \ 5360
5'477
7'285
3'583
-
.. , 52'733 5<)'223 43'453)49093 55'518144'066 54'143\36'621
afro If. 17
[Adh.
130 To find the
?,J3f;fil1
VH
(Dasakrama) m this case, we proceed thus:
BelDg" the strongest sigOificator 10 the horoscope, the Sun rules the first Dasa. Now, 10 order to determine how the planets are situated with respect to the Sun, we must prepare a fresh +119~ (BhavachaIuam) for the Sun. This should only be done by taking the Sun's longItude as the Ascendant and determiOiog the other Bhavas on the lines hud down 10 the first Adhyaya. We shall therefore first find out the fourth Bhava by takmg the B';;ffi (Uonata) In the prescnt case as balf the length of the Dlght and fix up the rest In order. The longitude of the Sun is 32° '925, Half the length of the nIght of birth is 14 gh. 19 vlgh. and the Ayanamsa IS 21°'780. Addmg thl!, A)anamsa to the above longitude we get 540 .705 which IS, the tropical longitude of the Sun. The portIon of Vrishabha yet to rise is 5°'295. The time tahen for thiS to rise in Lanka (Equator) is 5'295 , - 30-x 4- gh. 59~ vIgh.=O·8BO gh. And the tIme for Mltbuna and Kataka to nse 1
12
3
4
15
!
6
7
8
10
Lanka is 10'727
9
10
11
12
9
10
27
24
27
o o
---- ---- ------------------Signs
••.
122346788
Degrees
...
2
Mmutes
... 55
Seconds
... 30
0
2
0
19
7
55
7
19
31
19
7
16
23
30 1 23
16
8
16
23
B"tfBB-B-;;i-B-tf~
B-
n
0
27
24
7
19
31
23
16
8
27
tf;;i-
23 3'4 45 5'6 67 7'8 89 :910 10'11 11'12 12'1
---1----SIgns
...
1
'2
J
Degrees
... 16
13
10
Minutes
... 31
43
Seconds
'''/ 27
20
41
___1-
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
0
10
13
16
16
13
10
10
13
16
55
55
43
31
31
43
55
55
43
31
12
12
20
27
27/20
1::
12
20
27
1
Total of these times is 11'607 gh. The portion of Simba that will rise in Lanka in the remaining 2'709 gh. is
ghatikas.
131
SI. 14 ] ~X30"=16°'3 4'9861 '
Now, subtracting the Ayanamc;a from the above, the longitude of the 4th Bhava is tound to be 3.24°.31 '.8". The 12 Bhavas and their Sandhis with leference to the Sun's longitude M the Ascendant are set out in the previous page. Moon
I Mere.
-I
Sat
Sun
I~ahu
.
Venus
11
IMoorun
II
Mere, Saturn 12 1
Mars Rasi Chakra
---
2
Venus 10
The Sun's Bhava Chakra
-3
1
Mars 9
I
IJuPiter\
Ketu ILagna Jup·1
8
ILl~na
Ii
1-:-
From the u1r~:n
~ works to 39'229
" "
.
"
.. ..
34'20Z
31'401 42'869
The ~+r (Dasakrama) of these four significators will therefore be thus: (0 Lagna, (2) Mars, (3) Jupiter and (4) Saturn. Then must follow the Dasas of planets in the Succedent (Panaphara) houses. But there are no such planets answering to the description in the horoscope under consideration, The planets in the Cadent (ApokliIna) houses w1l1 next rule the Da.sas. And
132
Adh. VII
there are three such planets in the horo"cope / ViZ I Venus, the Moon and Mercury. There is no lifll'!j"
.
(' '" ..... " ' . ~i;ren~iT~~rrJfrr~;tfij;r~3l~if~~;riTr?i.T~l{
I
q-r~;r;r :qij{~4m~: qy:qtf;~~ R'~r: 'f;~i~r: II ~ ~ II 8loka 15. Planets placed in the following positions in regard to the lord of a Dasa mature it by their several influences in the proportion of the num bers given opposite to them :-
1. A planet occupying the same house (if many, the strongest of them) as the lord of the Dasa t
133
S1. 15 ]
-, .,1
2. A planet in a triangular Bhava ...• 3. A planet in the 7th house 4. A planet in the 4th or t'h~ 8th hou;e
.... t;
tfRl<1CIi<:'?
~~
.-
......
q'r~+r~ :qg~~~qal: ql~~r"a ~;:m
-l'
,,~
II
q:ii~ ;I.'{T~ ~qt~: ~;ll;rf.:(i i'fo:(aTW I ~'ti
q:q (\'~T a-qt ~~f'l;..a~ if
AlS0B"~
~~~~cir mir f~O:(I;r ~al:l~~: I
""
. mer.
~B'+r ~a;r
~
....
~q ~~lJjf;qT:
II
~ <:rmf~r.n~~ ~«rl!ir ~~~{: I Cf;~~'lift ~f if$!' ~ua +lT~T'lif: Ii The Eeveral influences referred to by the author would appear to be due to such conditions of a planet as arrfl~ (Aroha) or ~ (Avaroha).:;;~ (Ucbclla) or cfi'"f (Neecha), ~ CIshta) or cr.~ (Kashta) and the like. The commentator W&"dlf::.r (Sundaramlsra) IS of opinion that the Lagna becomes "FiflG1'"fcr. (Dasapachaka), i. e., must also be taken to be covered by the term '=::r~T:' (Graha) in so far as it rules a Dasa. Varahamihlra IS also of the same view. af.'l~
q:$~ff)s;j;+r~;:q ~~rRr
g
~ -::i~ Rn~rlJ'(~&"lT: ~;r{rr: ~{hT~ ,
~ qj~~ '<{g{~rraT: ~~~
That is to say, the a:rrwt~l (Antardasa) under a Ee\"erally become due lD the followmg sequence:
:::::m (Oasa)
will
FIrSt the 'l"ihn (Antardasa) of the 'T'J1CfA (DaRarati); next, that of the planet (If more than onE', the strongest of them) OCCU. pyIng the same house as the ~rtrRr (Dasapati), next, that of the planet (If more than one, the strongest of them) occupying a Trikona house from the ifm
rasra) house from the
134
[Adh. VII Also
._
(I".....
ttq;~ i!1ro;:~H1~r;g: r~~rs,
~Ff+r~~:
+;;fdi\" \:!
il
-.
.....
r~ifirll1~r:
qr~ 'I T.lij~~.(: II
Also the 'rS:I:fH'l"[':'ffi of f[FH1'f.......
......
r'\,
~
~~
:q............................
II
These qU::ltations will be enough to refute the contention of a few authors that the word rri[:, as employe:! In the expression rr~: ~Ci in this connection in all standard astrological treatises, excludes the Ascendant and that planets alone rule the Antardasas and not the Ascend1nt. The expressIon rrtr: ':rlql:fm may be englIshed " the significator becomes influentlal," .. the significator becomes active" and so on and not .' the planet become:; influential," " the planet becomes active" and so on. The term" Significator .1 is wIde enough to inc1u:ie not only the planets but the Ascendant as well. \Vhen there are several planets in a house occupIed by a 10 the fltP=[ (Saptama), a RofiTcrr (Tnkona) or a:rfgm (Chaturasra) house from that significator, the strongest alone of such planets must be taken into consideratio:J as capable of being an 3T;:q.f~ f'1T
1:~~m:'l'iii C' ......
(01
••
~
~~Q':ffi'aq;
~iiia1 ~~~crat(i
lJ'rrlT;
Also <:f9#:tT{
Cfm?jrtt1rt
RIltmmm :q fWf~(Jf~~~~ltr
~~Q11ii ~ai{ilmmil'l Mar 3ii[atR;'i~ri:i[~
II
I
135
51. 15 ] Also
B~q(,>
t'
"
~
:at~ ~l~;j'~t~Cll/:fr;g: ~l"i
•
.,mOi, I
'HS+r
t"[~~ :;:rqqil+r'Cl!!iITij"':f<{I~CI'B~l/:fr;rT+i. II a:~i!~r ~Tl1It ~~r~;:CI'~~l
t"["Ii~ir~
iZ;JrqrsRr
I
m:Jr :q ~;p~'1'i;i' af~;j'~ epr~ fi:~cr~ II He also quotes in support of his view the fall 0 '\II ing :-+f.r : ~"Ii~1qilClr:;:rt ~) +i'qf6" q~rr'Of
qor ~CI'f ''H;::~
CI,:){ r~~Clr fqi[~n: II
Also Of. ~';{1"'l1i~fu:II!I .:::.
"...........
~
..
..
:at;g:~'i5"iTT~"IirOT:q~ii~1.:m~ :qr~ <{iTT "",...,. ~ ...'\..... ..... ~~T~~~g~~nr ri{~~I1I: q"ffi
...
:q
I
VTr~ fu;::;r-
~~'!ifT: 'l~~ ~~ (?;~'fl;£rffr: ~{;:6"~'1fIr: Ii ~ ~
II
But this view IS not accepteJ by f::9r'fi<:~':r~ (Diwakara Dai· vagna), the learned commentator of the above work, for, he is of opinion that all the planets posited in the same sign should share the number of years due to them, and not the strongest alone, and would further have the expression "tf~~ ®l>;~r" lil the sloka quoted above, altered Into " q%fi~ ~mriil"r: "and supports hIS position from 1:!U0<:;....................... 3ri[q~~ '"
'"
"'-fI
....
afu{<:?j+r. i
Cli;::~rr;::;'H ~&:,r: ~q ~~~"frq~~;q,,",
II
and also from BTU~
"f;:'OfVT~:;:rr':i'l~;;:
136
[Adh. VII
refernng to the divisor that has to be determined in the ~mni· trl;r process than as attnbutIDg the rulershlp of the ar~ctm (Antar" dasa) to the strongest planet of the lot; and that If ~ Ovlaya) meant anythmg elfe he would have said T!;'!i: ;;:r T!;
~,~q'f$q'T{{:
'1.«
to
PI.
~~f~;cr~m
a{{:
I
~~r5l'i;rq~re;;:q ~~~;a'~ !!t~: II 'ff1~fri (Snpatl) follows
pala) therefore seems to be untenable. (1) qmn:-
~r~r~ $! B'6r~ ~~;r~ ~~ ..~ I ~a'CI'~;rqy~'jq~r:
mt ~Rr~~~~r: II
{ism B'B'+r~~ m?ti
~qf~~~:ritf'i\'OFrr ~!J1hl~ I §~s!:;:r ~;rtri qtrm;r~+lR:~-icr: II
Both the .. iews find mentIOn
10
.,rTf
~~r~N.,.r :qr;;:~ ~~eq'ft~i11Jf
f.t "
It may be noted 10 paSSIng' that the '1WIil1 (Patakrama) is identical in 1• .?fl1fRr (Sripatl). 2. ~~q (Kes3.va). 3. l;Iarif'e'!
137
Sl. 16.17 ]
.
"
~"
...
~~fiT;nT~ ~'t+HC::l W~ ij"q~:r ~
'CP.rt
"-
T~~n~1l.
I
R~tT~~r: ~~ir~n ~9:{;:CT~ SJTt ~~n:r+rTftRijf: " ~ ~ II Slokct 16. Put down th'; numbers r~presenting the various portions of the Dasa beginning with unity and reduce them to equivalent fractions with a common denominator. Find the total of the aliquot plrts of the main Dasa represented by the several numerators i the denominators which have served their purpose are to be left out of account. The several aliqllot puts multiplied into the years composing the main Dasa and divided by the total of the aliquot parts constitute the separate Antardasas or sub. periods of the Dasa. For notes to this sloka, see page 125 supra.
".
""
(\ ~'" ~;:~G,:~JT+1.lT l~~l! ~~(Cl ijT+~~~;rrq~m:
" 3HG,:t!n I
3H~.r;({~mJ~R~n~, 1fi~ R~d ~~=€f ij"T+tT: II ~ \9 II Sloka 17. Add from the Antardasas, their subdivi_ sions called V Idasas (fq~~r) are similarly announced i and from the Vidasas, their minuter portions called U padasas ~~~r are derived. And from the last-named divisions of the period, i.e., U padasas, the good and evil to be experienced each year, month, day and night is to be declared by astrologers. Mars I L;QtNA Mere. SATURN
I
_l~vE~uS
3
-10
4
5
12
Moon 11
I
Bhaumabh~va
Kundali
-6
\]up~terl
aft. 11. 18
8
I- 7
Suppose It is required to find out the several Vldasas (f9,:::~r:) in the Bhaumantardasa (~lTI;:q;f;m) of the Bhal1madasa (m+r~~JT) in the example horoscope referred to in the notes to slobs 9-11 supra. To do so, it will first be necessary to ascertain how the planets become located i n the(.:i1q+r~cr~) Bhauma· bbava Kundali the elements of which are set out in the next page'
[Adh. VII
138
-
3
---
_11_2
9
4 15 1 6
10
11
12
_ _1 - _71_8
SIgns
...
11
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Degrees
...
27
25
23
21
23
2.5
27
25
23
21
23
25
l\linutes
.. , 53
44
36
27
36
44
53
44
36
27
36
44
Seconds
.. '
9
36
3
9
36
3
29
3
36
---
~_3~
'if 'if tir ~ ~ 'if B" B" B" ~ 13 23 3'4 45 56 67 78 89 910 1011 1112 121
~ 1'2
_1-
------ - - - SIgns
o
...
Degrees
11
1
2
31 4
... , 48
Seconds
'"
I
52
10
11
7
9
11
6
I9
7
7
9
11
11
9
40
31
31
40
48
48
40
31
31
40
48
20
46
46
20
52152120
46
46
20
52
I
Minutes
5
-71-81--9-
iI
71
The
J' 33157 years. " 1'66579 1'11052
.,
In the same way +l'r+rfir;;;:~ (Bbaumavldasa) may be still further subdivided Into Bhaumopadasa ... Budhopadasa Gurupadasa
I' 817 22 years. 0'90861 0'60574
" "
~~q1fi.(ff:-
\~'"i) fq~iUR6ar~~~<{~ ~~~ I'fj~ "
139
51. 18-19 ]
"
" ~" ~~ri.1~rn'qRf~ij'~Rf.'{?(ijo.;trq~;rr ~;ru~~ " ,...,. ,,~ "'-.. ,.....
I
FfT~q~$.l ~~n~\ln: ij'ij1li'rij';rTtr~~~n;r.;rr~tfiT:
",,"
~Pl~T lFHQ 'l~eti~f ~?\r "~,,
"
II
~~
n
" "R~~n ~~T +r;r~ " I li'-"'Jllii ~
~
m~lf~ T~;rqIlTT~}}n~: \Cf~~n ~Ff~~r~f(OfT~ II~ ~II
Slokas 18-19. Ascertain the Mean Sun with the portion of orbit traversed by him in accordance with the elapsed years of (~fu;~lT) Kaliyuga at the nltivity of the person whose horoscope may be under examination. Add to the elapsed years of Kali aforesaid, the years, months, days. ghatikas, vighatikas measuring the Dasas, Antardasas, Vldasas and U padasas. And whenever the Sun attains the positions corresponding to the several sums that result from the several above additions, the several Dasas, Antardasas, Vidasas and U padasas next in order have their beginning. And the days composing them severally can be ascertained by a rule_of_three process. And the positions of the other planets are of course ascertainable from the ascertainment of the (atil.'trl1f) Ahargana of the Dasas, etc. In order to find out the longitude of the Mean Sun, we should multiply the number of elapsed terrestrial d'lYs by the number of the Sun's revolutions in a Cfi"'Cf (Kalpa) and divide this product by the number of terrestrial days in a ~q- (Kalpa) [+r.tfu:S::Fl (Surya. siddhanta-I, 53),] The quotlent will represent the number of elapsed revolutions. signs, degrees, etc., of the Mean Sun. The Mean Sun at the time of birth has therefore performe::l 4320,000,000 1,577.917,828,000 :.<714404106135'9916 == 1,955,884,954'0468+9 revolutions,
Its longitude is therefore 0 signs, 16°.51'-56".304.
Suppose it is required to ascertain the positIOns of the Sun and other planets at the beginning of the Dasa of Mars. The num· ber of the Sun's revolutions since the beginning of the Ka.liyuga till the hour of birth in question is 4954"046849.
Adh. VII
140
The number of years elapsed till the beginning' of Mars' Dasa is 49'6847, Total 5003'731549. The Sun's posItion IS therefore 88 23°-21 '-27'" 504.
~fni:q~ile:~«Ftvt) tt~ !Jf4I)~: «t:Ftl':q~
As the number of solar revolutions in a Yuga : to the number of solar revolutions at the setting. in of a Dasa :: the number of days in the Yuga : to the number of days elapsed at the commencement of the Dasa. To find the position of the other planets at the time, we have first to determine the "'f~
1809~08'9916 -'
The same till the beginomg of the Kujadasa is
500~'77847 X 157J~!Jlg8 =1827656'763J
43~COOO • (Ahargana) of the elapsed Dasa IS therefore 1827656'7633 minus 1809508'9916 or 18147'77. aiij'irar
But the method advocated by Kesava is simpler, '~TT~~T~f;:rlt'r:lJltr
He says;
~~r~T l[~ T~ar ~r~rn~'ij'~i:Tr gr ~rc~
a~iiT~EJr
,,-.,......
i:T
gr~<;fr ~fiIr ~rqifr"J. I
.....
~
~qm~ rar~~ g~iiiiiq1ilr;:mgr ~'!Tr~r a~:
".,tI.,.
'i.
'tfrn f!
..
f*'l'
ii~r aer~?f ~Tmr~
II
~~
II
At the hour of birth, the number represented by the year of the Saka era will denote the year, and the sIgns, degrees, etc" of the Mean Suns the months! days, etc., that have elapsed in that
141
51. 21 ]
year of Saka. Add to this the years, months, days, etc., represent· ing the period of the Dasa current. The result will give the new year of Saka and the longitude of the Mean Sun for the hour of commencement of the next Dasa. Convert the time·measure of the Dasa into days, that is to say, multiply the number of years by 12, and add to the product the month~; mllitiply this sum by 30, and add to the product the days, etc. The reslllt will be the number of days in the Dasa. Multiply It by 13 and divide by 890. Add this new result to the number of days already obtained, Add also as many palas as there are years in the Dasa. The sum will represent the number of Savana days. With this a:r~ (Ahargana) for a basis, the longitudes of the several planets at the hour may be computed with the aid of the very
~~~~R1ft1i~;r'Ef~ ~f~mf¥=srN~: ~ ~~F3: I
~~US~ ~ f;r~~ftf~h~1:IT~
ijijIs;r Fl'M~ita: Il~tll
[Adh. VII
142 Bloka 21. From the
(al~frur)
Ahargana and its portion obtained by the proportion given in the previous sloka, determir:e the correct positions of the planets in accordance with the rule of the (a';:~) Tantra or astronomical treatise th'lt you may follow and calculate the Lagna in agreement with the times of the rising periods in the particular place in which the birth of the native happened. This done, proceed to consider the good and bad points of the horoscope. The melho:! advocated by the author in all seriousness for eventually finding out the preCIse Lagna at the time of the commencement of a Dasa has gIVen occasion for the following banter from Kesava Daivagna. q'ilrm.,r~i'f~:.i :q 'ii~~~<{r~: ~ci ~~l:I'tll ~..... .... "'" 'TaT: ~G
.
..... "'"
'" .... <{~~ ~'.ifrr~~'if~q:;ifi C!'+q'fSIa'~'l+'H
..... ~~
Sff'ffi
"f11': II
~~
II
((mqfct
22. Ascertain the Lagna or the rising sign at the time of commencement of a Dasa. If the lord thereof be in this Lagna or in the 3rd, the 6th, the 10th or the 11th house from it l or if the Lagna be included in the (~tlq~) SJptavarga of the lord of the Dasa, or If a friendly planet or a benefic one be in the Lagna, the Dasa will prove auspicious. For thIS as well as sloka 24 mira, Cf.
'"'
,..."
q'f~fI+iT;{ ~l'Fr ~~f~
Cif
1Io.J'I.
~
.....
,.....
Ci:rrs~ ~r;l.isN
CiT
Sfrt;-q:r ~~ "i'{~r fu1fflq~
&T~: ~~r-q:"fTfir i~ff tffq'rm :;:mrr$;:er~r II
S1. 23-24 ]
143
Also ~n+icg~ qT~~ c:;l• .,qfao:~o ~~(a: ~~ ~H o'(r~s~ q~ ~m~>:lr ff~~m ~r[tf"q<;f~qOi~qSN q-r q 'is
rn~~I~rnOfiro-rftr~~p:ra:Oirr: :!iftQ~~~~~~lT~a:N t:lc~r.,t ~:q'!1fu fuov:r~o:,:p.:rr fu~~Qfi'lT~ II
Also 'Ml(TrfCfiT ,
.........
~
,.....
(;I
,.....
.........
~~~~ 2~ ~~~ G::;rr~HQ:. r~Q~li+ic:;lr+rr~q;r!1TT~r~
I
<:f?l;T "qrF[c<;fT ~~r'-lrfu :qo:.q-: ~* ~~er~sO:l'.l.:orr ~~f{~+J:. (( ~ ........ " . . . . .
..
... 1"
~
,...."
ar;'1:jr.,r., I
lni:j;~n.ffrif ~;;r ~~;:;:f
iT~~~T<:rt ~d~•.,r~1:q'!f~~~~q-r II rn~'.ij"rlf:q:q'~~Hit
~rffif o~r I
fiiOfiriTr
qr~~HQ:. ~:oro~;::1f: ?§~ff ~~t G;~r+I. II "
"......,...., -.....
......
TClqUa- H::ora' :q;:::1f
~
~
r...
,
G;~lH,T lp1ql~
I
~~
~
....
~
~,..",*"
~q~ q
"" ~;n;ltrr'eln:l~q'r<;~{ ~
"
,~-."
tfTer~ij qq'ifiJr ~~r ~ '"
ro..."\
.....
~~q
I
.....
., +ic.{'1:ia:r II
ij'f ~T~TUiji"+JT~~ ~~Tqffl! ij't r-.......
..
'f'...
lf~ T~ij~~t{'ln~~{~ T~-1ij: ~~~1.f ij'~ij'~'fi~ I~~
II
I ~~
II
8loka 23. Durin~ the several reaxs over which a Dasa may extend, its good or eVll effect IS to be determined with reference to the partlcular house whIch the lord of the Dasa may occupy, for the time, in Its progress through its orbit as also with reference to the posItion of the Moon. e!. ;;:rm91tfll<:;;:rm 'fi~rm <:r-iffCl-rcr: ~lfrif; o=ilrrerJf.,:li Cq~+i ~ir ciT I ~+f ~+i~+r'i:{(~ l:fr~ If[':r~ c:r~ ~lit~4 qa:r;;~ II
Also r.ni;\'~n'llenr <:r~rq~r: qri:j;qfu~~~r:u~rq:i'l'mffir
fu'lfa1R :q:)re~+rTq.fiT'f~:~
!fl;;rfir
~<:rlQ:. I
R:rql:'::qTl1:a-,~ B;''r~'1~ II
f".. " ' " ~mT~'lr~~ ij~{~~~~~i(T enS~ ~~H~;:rT~Ta:. I
~\fSlillJf)q:~p-TT~ij~ ~nij :tJ;:~: ~!3 ~\f;~Tfij II ~ 'd II
t Adh. VII
144
Sloka 24. The Moon produces beneficial effects when in the house of a friend of the lord of the Dasa; or in the exaltation house of the latter or in the 7th house, a Trikona house or 111 anyone of the Upachaya houses with reference to the Dasanatha. Of. d,
'"
~:m!!
'" Uf.ij'!!
"" ij' m~:
"'''' iRf~ ler~T:
~~~;:q~T~+rcr~Rt~;rTT~+lTer! I ""
.
"'''
~
ij:qT~il:[i~~r tIiT~ijT ;:r~11JfT
'"
'" "". ijiJer&:n'l~~~~r.aij'~~:
II ~ ~ II
8Zoka 25.
In the favourable positions mentioned in the previous sloka, the Rasi occupied by the Moon should represent some one of the 12 bhavas, Lagna, "Wealth, etc., at the time of bJrth. The Moon in one of these favourable positions promotes prospenty in respect to the Bhava represented by the Rasl occupIed. In the unfavourable positions the Bhava represented by the Rasi (occupied by the Moon) suffers damage. Of.
~,:{!
"-I~11OJ:. irn ~~: «:;fO:~';'''' a~Hr
Q~~t~~rs~ a\i.a1
.. (I
..........
..
~tfT':'iTGIo:+rCfirCi) ~ :qf +lrCl'~~
....
a~
II
~~T3f~~ ~~T~d~~ ~ij~) ~~'1i~~qT~: I '"
N!>
.'>:l. ""
ijr;:l~Tq'1:T~ ~+rT~+r'~~ ~ q;:rl~qijtfT ~Tm II~ ~'I Sloka 26. What has been described by the ancients such as Varahamihira as the effect of the Moon being in
145
SI. 26 ]
his own house or that of other planets should be mentioned in this connection. F or it is the Moon that produces good and evil to be experienced in the form of mental states (pleasure and pain). It IS slgDlficant that this same author in another work has pomted out that the inherent power of any planet, for good or evil, is Intensified by the strength of position of the Moon in relation to It. C/. at~af${Ol;ff;rTe:?~+iTf~Ti:.~.r ri ~-.;rrn ~~ ~~U: Q'rl::~«r~ I fir:;r~'t~~ o1:fTT1r~~ ~r~
~f~~ ~if~crT~arifrr~l'f~.:mOt "
mqfu (Sripati) here (10 sloka 26 of the Text) alludes to the followlDg sloka of ern~mTh:{ (~Q
"
....
~
('
~
r~;ri1r ~r ~~~if ~r01T~~~lircr~r
!li"la- 't't~fu ~
~q ~-.;r~~ fq-~~fa~T I
...."
r.
~4"""""
"'.f'I.
~i1R1Jqq'~1:f ~ft(lfiH rQ'~ rQ'6~s~-:{r
~qr?~r ~l1~~:qT!x~~{ ;rrrrr~~r~lir~~T /I Also &R:r+rwG.:
Sfr{&Sir
.........
",....
...
~
.,.
~~r~ ~~if~ T~~Ta ~~~~ ;rTifG~>.{r~~+{rOJ:. II
Also ~R~T ~~ar ~r~ilt qt~MaT ~;:i{;rr: rir~ar {r~fq;R~iii~'h:(f: 1:fi~lf'tfi'~~r{;il II
~
srrg-rl&: q'qill: II ~;qr~r+{: iiti#{it;:<{r ;r~~m{+~ I 'Ii;:llT t'tliRr i{{: ~qr+rqi{ &:fi=a" err !icrfu~ II fq~NI1~5JTii ~~'fr
&ft.
tf
19
I
[Adh. ViI
146 ~~'CI';f+l'r';fr:Qfr8' \5lr.r~ ~~fu ~ra~: I '"
• ...\
"
qROIaq~t1+1~q'T ~r~~if
f',..,.
"
q'CfOfif
~l\Q~cm.:r OfiirOl;Z~Ofi~~Ofi+l'f;:a~ I
mt ~r ~a- ~!i;;{~qr1t+l'ua "."
~qlT({ij ~ ~:q~
'iJ(
II
• tqIt ~+rT~~~l{• Q q:;~ 7.f~~ I
QW{T?jij'RU\' C(mij ~r;q ~\l~l{liffl~~¥f ~l{ ~ II ~\S II 8laka 27. The good and eVIl to be experienced by
" "
•
r"\
••
men in the Dasas or planetary periods should be determ111ed in accordance with the ~! (Ishta) and <6! (Kashta) of the planet who is the lord of the Dasa as worked out previously (vide Adhyaya 4, Sloka 4).
~t~~~~ ~ ~l1nij ~f q:;~I;:qf;r!T;:tI~l1)~~~ I
~n+~ ij ~~nrur q:;~Tf;r il~ q:;~ f5r~~ qf~q;ftl{~ II Slaka 28. Men experience good when the i{1! (lshta) portion of a planet's influence IS greatly 111 excess of the !iiI! (Kashta) portion. But when the latter is predommant, evil has to be mostly suffered. But when the ~! (Ishta) and Ofi! (Kashta) are even, the effects are of a mlXed kind. It IS in these three ways that the planetary influence should be interpreted.
ijaqi(~~~ i.~~~ 'm~ Fr~tI~ I ~ ~q;rr ~GT ~;rt~ij~~ ~Rnr{ II ~~ II Blaha 29.
To declare clearly the effect due to the Sapthavargas under the categories of good (~+r.Subha), eVIl (~~+r.Asubha) and, mixed (~+rr~+r.Subhasubha) in this way is dependent, say the sages, upon a correct ascertainment of the influence of the lords of the respective Vargas.
~t(~l~~ ~~~flt~ ~ !I{~ ~1tt~tf)sfit ~ ij3~t ~iT ~~~~ I
147
81. 30]
......
.
"
.
~
~.
(J~r;rR~ ~~(q ~~::lf ~f(~ ~r!~ ~a:.
ij~B'~ Jf&:~~m·~ij1r.f ~mij II ~ 0 II ,.....
"" '"',.....,.......
~
~m ~f11r~:{r'<{ar
~':iTrV!Ci~~rp{f
810ht 80. \Vhatever substance is dec1;ucd by the sages to belong appropriately to any planet, whatever the occupation which men may have to pursue under certall1 planetary conditions, whatever the effect due to a Bhava, a Rasi, a Yoga, (such as Rajayoga, etc.), or aspect,-all this should be assIgned suitably in the Dasa penods in accordance with the strength of the planets presiding over them.
ef. 'fjOO";(rrq-'fj[ ~~lfr lf~:rrr~"ir'li(ftrNs-..;r1t~ If:j;f~q-
"".
*'-
,.......~
-nrmr'
~~~ar I:ffiT9-+ror:n<:i +rr~:rrlf(
+IT''Erltttrq. ..,rEf'iJ-{rcr 1il~
crr:;;'i ctmllrmir
Ii
mr+r'fj~~i':i:
~~ !fir~ If'{$fO!;f Cfi~
ci:rrilaT lf~ ~:
I
~.+irq~~rorlf{iT.~~ ~~ ~r~~r~ ttl II
Also cli"~qq-.j(Rr:•
.....
'-"
Q-
..
If'{~Qlf :c
m:j'!f
.
m
I
qrq-: qrq-~m ~~q: ~ :q ~q-~Oj;(:ihr (:i=ifW~-
~~ 1Sf(?;err~ ~fI: EJ+itI~q;:(i~~Ef.rlT: II ~~ II
For the several substances ascribed to the planets, 7)zde Jatakaparijata H-20; Brihat lataka H-12. For the occupations to be pursued, vide Jatakaparijata XV43-50; Brihat lataka X-1-4. For the effects due to the (a) planets in the several Bhavas, vide Jatakaparijata, VIn 56-99; Brihat Ja-taka XX.
[Adh. VII
148
(b) planets in the several Rasis, zlide Jatakaparijata,
vnr,
39-44; Brihat Jataka XVIII, (c) Yogas. zlide Jatakaparijata, VH, VIII, 1-38; Bnhat Jataka
XI, XII, XIII, XIV. (d) aspects, vIde Jatakaparijata, VIII, 46 -55; Brihat Jataka
XIX. In predicting the several effects of the Dasa of any planet, Varahamihira says that it will not do to mention only what has been descnbed to happen in the Dasa of that partIcular planet ('I)ide 'l.;;n. Ch. VIII, slokas 12-18.) These will have to be generally supplemented by the effects due to other considerations as well, of the planet, viz.. its mfluence due to Its functioning as ~l
End of the Seventh Adhyaya.
149
S1. 1-3 ] "'\.
3l~qrS~~rq :
~~rt ~I:1IS:;r ~\T~ ~nn 'fi~ !TrfdflTut~ ~fuaJ(Jfll' I <:. sr~tir~~ 'li~~ f;rcrf;q'~QT lP:nS~f.T~lsPt~T~ij Ii ~ II -Q
'"
Adhyaya 8. Sloka 1. Since the fruit of P3.st K3.t'l1H ('Ii~) which is of many forms, is being experienced momently and in various ways by large numbers of living beings, I shall ha ve to treat of the manner of tracing it in its miscellae neous aspects. On the subject of reaping in this ltfe the fruits of the past Karma, the following averments of VaLl.hamlhira have a direct bearing- : 'it\.wllct'h 1-3. Cfi+rjf~a ~~+l~ ~~rp;: ~~~
tfRn
~;;::r~oqc:rfu; I
~1'filTct"'!i
1-3. ~~~G+r;:~:s;.:+rPf g+rrg;i G~ <:fi+TO'f: qRf;~ I
..~~p:{fu ~~i:ri:l~+n~ l'for.rrrcrr ~rtf ~<;f
n
Also mll19K~ ~~~:s:r~~g+i g+i' <;ff Cfi+irffl'a G~ ~~Rf;{GC'(. I QqorRn ~(~:;t ~ ~~r~~OT 'CTGrfa;~r€r Gl=f~<;f ~q": II ~
.
~
;q ij~ ~~~n I :q~ijTt~q:qtf~~+r~f5rirOft!~i\T~it~ ij~ II ~ II ~!t{i{~~ Si~~ ~~ «r~Cf~i-.;;rlq
<;'.
'{Of ?!l{
•
~T((~+l
~~flri ~;:r~~
::q
t\
•
en:g4
'"
\''\
•
'"'-
I ~~r~~ ij~ ft:t:{T~ ij',q~ II ~ II
~l;:r
N'Pltf
;n!'t~
T{
~!~
Slo7cas 2-3. When a planet's exaltation sign, Swak. shetra, Moolatrikona, or a friend's house happens to be in the ~q:q~ CU pachaya) positions from the Lagna or the Moon, its good effects derived from Ashtakavarga are fully realised and the bad effects become reduced in the
150
[Adh. VIII
favourable positions mentioned above. Elsewhere there is a plentiful crop of evil, and the good becomes mini. mised. Any declaration regarding such planetary effects should be made after a careful consider3.iion of the strong and WC:1k poinls of the pLtnet under exarnitntion. These sIokas are llnp::lrtant as enabling- us to find out as to waen the planetary power which is determmed by the 31"1i!q:;;:Pl (Ashtakavarga) process, is influential and when not.
Of. ~~iiftT~m ~
to..
~a~~ ~~'f1fj{1!i~
Q'
'{iT(
•
~+{ "';:~a-
~'i;:((~f~~ '
,m- ~: I
~~ :ij"i~~ ~tpf
m€r
~
accra: II \
Q,
II
For ~~
tr ~T~~rrn:
EfiN{ff ~ ~f{f 4lwr ;:r ~~~mJ'ii~r~~ ij I
~PH ~~tlrtt~;fr~1.f')ifll~i(Tfqiit U~q~~TTij' ij~~ II ~ II Blaker) 4. The Rajayogas mentioned before take effect, in case there is nothing (in the horoscope) to nullify them, in accordance with the strength of the planets producing those Yogas. And the effects of planetary rays should be similarly found out by sagacious astrologers. It WIll be seen from this verse that the strengths of the signifi· cators involved in the va.rious Raiayogas (=configurations importing ortune of rank), should be preCisely determined if the degree of influence of those Yogas (=configuraiions) would be predIcted with any approach to accuracy. As for prognostics attaching to the several Rajayogas (=configurations Importing fortune of rank), the reader is referred to Jatakapariiata Chapter VII, passim; Brihat Jataka XI; and Phaladeepika VII. As for '{~~ CRasmi phala) cf. Jatakaparijata, p:tges 249·254. ,,'" ~1;;r~R! Q~ ~T~
"'" " t\"'!' 4l:W a:SJTT~!'ij:W~"H~{~ie:~~T~ I
~ijtft!~T ~~: ~q~ ferl:1t~ !{{['~~;ij Q~~f(9~FfTvr.11
iS1
S1. 5-6 ]
Slaka 5. vVhen there is any evil to be apprehended in the course of Dasas or plaf!.etary periods and when there happens to be also some influence tending to obviate the same, the question whether the evil will prevail or be put down will depend upon the preponderance in strength of the planet causing the ~~ (Rishta) or the other obvia. ting it-this preponderance being arrived ~t after a careful balancing of the strengths of the planets at the tllne of the Dasas. For accurately determllllDg which of the two planets-the R~Cfi{ (Rishtakara) and the Ke;<=ri\ (Rlshtabhanga)-will prove the more influential, vide Adhyaya vr, Slt/Jra.
'"
" " ~~ G:T~ilTT;:ij(~~n~T~qtij: ...... " ~~~::q~~~l\1l=1~ I Q~q:;hfij ~~En ~q~ tr ~nfUTrrT+{fijij~fl{R~-)ir II ~ I' Sloka 6. If, at the time the Das:l of a malignant planet is in progress, the Antardasa of another malignant planet sets in, it generally brings on some catastrophe to men-this it does all the more when the lords of the Dasa and Antardasa in question are hostile. The evil promised gains in virulence when the ;:::"{f1;;;r~ (Dasanatha) and the :::rRn.,r~ (Bhuktinatha), besides being malefics, are mutually inimical, as e. g., in q-g[2: positions (=inconjunct or quincux aspect). Vide also Jatakapanjata, XVIII, slokas 54-57. ~l~
.
....... ~ .. ~ ~~~~r
.
......
........
'"
~
~q: ~m.1;:~{[~~H~
II
mf~faif<:f~ ~~r
lfiHmr
....
r-..
T~o;
.............
qrq; q-g
....
,......
~rn"lr'C4';fSTq
CfT I
Qfc~a-qrr~!1IT ':~: ~qr~ ~~~~ J{~: II fq~iiTferqa-: ::n"A~R~T;:a~::nt ':>
«<'I': I
152
Adh. VIII Also iiu+r'l'K;:~ 1:i~n::.;::riTCf: ~(: ;j;(+f~r i?r~rfei;a: I '"
c,
~q(\r :nHHil"f ~~'iilT
"'i;:f
fi'f'tfyf ~fu B~~ +fTNQ~ 1/
G;'1f!T
~1i'fifil+[~fJT
~+fr~g'ij;~ ~ ~~~~ G;1irr
qrq;rcn.:rTir iI~ +rT"fcrrJ,:t
~1'Ef~Hiisfq ~ +!T;flRf
rq~':ff;:mfr fir>;f~;:~
,......
"
....,......
,........
~;ril'~H'1f!~~~~.,.r~
""
'"
.... ,....., ~ +!"-l+R~iQ' ,T:j'l1'1(~-:;;~ra-: ~~~;r:
I
.... "
~~l~~~ il~cn'i. J{~il~~+iTf~f43fJi~q~ij-~: I
HfTfaFf! m+~~~~JI~~ ~?JT~R~~ ij~T ft: +Ii:
11\911
Sloka 7. 1£ at the time of the commencement of the Dasa, there is some planet occupying the Varg.1 of a benefic ~f'O[fil~ (Adhimitra) planet and aspected also by benefic friendly planets, then there will be prevention of the ~f{! (Arishta) or impending catastrophe. Cf. BRT
."
'"
:!i~ ~'iiTrrl:T",r~~ Tq'l~~ ~~r
'lfuriq: ~T'QG,;f +fir ~:~n~!~ ij't:~q~ II
~ ~ f
~'1f!T1:{t 'l li~~efi! ~T'iiiT~~ '€I" ifr'~~: II Also "i1(l9'il+R:Uf
G;~l~~~ ~'€I,: ~f!W ~
~~1!"lii~~re~~~i1~i'iT ~'iiT1R1!~U ~~t=r:
II
51. 8- 9 ]
153
WflTTij~ ~Hq~ ~~ ~;ra: ij~i;r;igff~ms3f ~~t(~ I ~Ti{T~R:rr ~:;;;~+{ ;rrs~ q "
•
to
•
;rT
C"
ijFctt~'l ~qt(a: ~eer~ 1I~ ""...
•
"'"
t'\
Bloka 8.
The effect which has been declared to follow in the case of a woman's horoscop~ similarly to that of men should be settled with reference to the strength of the Lagna and the Moon. And the entire good or evil said to ari~le in their case in consequence of the conjunction of certain planets should be determined in exact ;}CCOrdlnce with the strength of those planets. The effects alluded to here by ~T'1m (S{ipati) are those described in the Brihat lataka eb. XXIV-Slo1,as 2 ct seq. (cr. Jalal,apartJata.XVI.Slu] as 7·18'.
~~tfUT~T
tr ~N~n?4 ~llT: mRt ~ ~f{TT1re: llTq~~{ I <:.
FiijT~ ~llll~ JI{~)~T~ fij~l1fijm~ qf~~qq~ II ~ II Sloka 9.
An intelligent astrologer should find out the kind of exit from the world a person is to have as a result of the planetary positions at the time of his birth, after ascertaining, by a careful study of the Bhavas bearing upon the question, which of the several Niryana yogas (mentioned in the 25th chapter of the Brihat Jataka, Phaladeepika, Adhyaya XIV) finds place in the horoscope. ~~'fq~fcr:-
~f~~$rftr ?cr~§-nt!~m~ 'Tn!
~T. 11.
20
fer;n
+n
[ Adh. VIII
154 ~
Ef.I<:I'T
.......
-.
,,~
.-
sr'Hr
~t~
tttl~emRqfhHtp'",T;r1..ff 3l(:qr:.rr ij~~+JT;r\lJTQtfT I
~m~~~~ Rf~
"~
0
II
8loka 10. vVlth the help of the terminolugy buch as I\endra, P,wapara, Apokhma as applIed to ,dl the Bhava:, and their bearings, It is surely possible for intelli. gent people to have a settled COtlVlctlOn as to th:; e[[<.:ct of planetary positions ll1 a horoscope. Ii wIll be ObVICU" from thIS bloka that, 10 the ,,'Jew of wr4(; (Snpatl), the terms 'l,'I2."ifi (Kantaha), q.I'~ (Kendra), etc., have rnly to do with Bha vas (and not with Rasls) as the names iif! (Thanu), '
~ffl ~Rf~~~q:g:m ~~qTa:T$~~t(smTG:~r: i q~fijlitf~~~i(){~;fi i~qFi ~qm~~~HlfI(T: II ~ ~ II Sloka 11. From the bend1cent effect vf waiting at the lotus.feet of his Guru, simqr"'T~·L the foremost among Brahmins, has thus been able to complete his work ;m-Cir:fi
ar~~~T;mrn~ ~mT ij'~RlT~t tr~f,r:q;:lsr'lfllTr I .... 3T1=ffiI~gt~;:a;~u J(r~ij~7.ff ~~"l@f~T ft f[~(lTr /I ~ =< ,.....
(fa
,..,,.....,,,,.
lJI"('UafCin:qij'r~T
~
iiTTaq;1J.:e;ar
s(ifl701epr''~T~fsl~:
S1. 12 ]
155
Slokc" 12.
The number of verses in the eight Adhyayas comes up to l3t). Reckoning a Grantha (Jt;:~) at 32 sylbbJes, the total Granthas will amount to 201. This ~::loka is of value <1.5 a safeguard against possible spurious addltlOns to the text. From the total of l36 verses (= 20 I granthas) gl ven here, It will be safe to presume that the followlllg slol\as of the edition that we have followed are foreign to the ongmal text (to Wit, of Adhyaya 2 -sloka 6, .. Adhyaya 3-sloka 23, " Adhyaya 5-siokas 37 and 38, " Adhyaya 8-s10ka 13); and that the slo1<:a5 2 and 21 of Adhyaya 3 are, each of them, made up of two verses.
The 136 slokas are thus arnved [1.t : Adhyaya I sl01ms 11, syllables
t. "
.. "
" " Sf
2
3
4
5 6
..,I 8
"
5.
"
':4,
.f
"
14, 36, c;
.
"
'
.t
3D,
"
11,
"
" "
268 1l~4
656
., ,0
1612
"
1448
"
Total--slokas J 36 making (&~-~s.. =20 I-roT=) 201 ilf Granthas. ~ ....
"..
620
220
490 6438 syllables-or
[ Adh.VIII
156 ~~qtr;S:Rf:-
iff;:~:::rr~ ~~qr fir
I
a;;r~
II
it !j
q¢;::ar+fr+ff'~t ~roOf,q';g;T'f!;r. I
~ruf
'c? ~
II
APPENDIX I
CHARAKHANDAS - --
I I A;:us I Asus , Asus
Latitude m dEgrees
I
I
-
-
~
L:Hltude I ' d A;:us I\ Asus m egrees I
Asus
--
6
74
59
24
l5i
194
157
65
6rr
80
64
~6
16
201
162
67
7
87
68
29
16:'1
207
169
68
7§
92
75
30
17
214
173
71
8
98
80
32
17t
221
179
73
8i
105
84
34
18
228
184
75
9
III
89
37
181
234
190
78
9t
117
95
38
19
241
196
80
10
123
)00
41
19i
248
201
83
JO~
130
104-
43
20
255
207
85
11
B6
110
45
20}
252
212
87
Iil
H2
116
47
Zl
269
218
89
I 149
120
49
2H
276
224
92
51
22
283
230
94
12 12i
I
155
126
13
II 162
130
53
22i
290
237
95
168
136
55
23
297
242
99
14
175
141
57
231
304
248
102
14!
181
147
59
~+
312
254
104
15
188
152
62
241
319
:::60 I I
107
I
j
I
13,
I
I
- -
158 ...........
[
Latitule in degrees
I
A.. u
A, ,
I
--
Lab tud, degrees
.
I
A..,
•
Asus
................ rJIWII
Asus
s
Asus
2'i
326
267
108
31
421
345
143
25~
334
:273
111
3a
430
352
145
26
:42
278
114
32
438
360
148
26~
349
285
117
32§
447
3(6
152
'27
357
291
120
33
455
375
154-
27~
365
298
122
33~
465
381
157
28
373
304-
125
3.J.
473
389
161
2l3!
381
310
128
34!
482
397
164
317
131
35
49~
'to5
168
3~4
133
35)-
500
413
171
330
136
36
510
421
174
338
139
53°
940
814
361
-
29
•
S
10
30 30rr
413
I 1
-
I
1
389 397 406
29~
U
I l
1 Asu=4 Seconds. 6 Asus-= l Vighatlka (f.!'.fll
60 VighatIJ..as= 1 GhatIka (EJP.:Cfir). The riSIng periods of the zJdIacal sIgns reckoned from th e EqulUoctIal Pomt hr places in the Ef].uatJr are as noted below ;-
Kata1m. Slluhn. Kanyn.
1,674 Asus 1,795 " 1,931 " 1,931 " 1,795 " 1,674
Thula Vrischika Phanus
1,674 " 1,795 " 1,931 Asus
Mesha Vrishabha. Mltbuna
"
159 1,931 ],7 0 5 1,67+
IvIatara Kumbha l\leena
"
But those for latltulks n::rth and south of the Equator vary and may bt exactly ascerta1l1ed by means ot the Cn.·\RA.KHA!\I) \S gl \ en In the prevIOus pages. HaVIng regard to the fact that India lIes bol ween 6 and 36 N. Lat. the table has been constructed to berve the reqUlrements of people resldlDg ll1 loel;a,
1 be proce~s of applying it
IS
af> follows:-
The three fignres gIven agalOst each latItude are meant to apply to anyone of the four triads into whIch the zodIacal sIgns are divided commencing always from what luts been called 'iTi:r.,i{q(Sayanamesha), t.e., the fir"t 30 degrees from the EqUInoctial Point. The figures are subtractne in tbe case of the j"t and the 4th tnads and additive in the case of the other two; that IS to say, subtractlve from Mesha to Mtthuna aiJd from Matala to Meena, and additive from Kataha to Kanya and from Thula to DhaLus. For e:-.ampJe, the rising periods of the signs at a place in Lat. 13 N. are worked out in the folloWIng table:of rISIng at Equator (S\dena! Tune) Aous
TUl1GS
Charahl1an,j;c for Lat ]} N (Sldena! Time) ,\sus
of T1~!ng in 13 N. Latttude (Sldona! TIme) Asu~ Gh. 'll1gh. TI111r 3
Mesha Vrishabha Mltbuna
1,674 1,795 1,931
-]02
] ,512
-no
1,665 1,87::)
Ka taha Simha Kanya
1,93 j 1,795 1,671-
+ 53 +130 +162
1,93+ 5 1,925 5 ] ,836 5
Thula Dhanus
1,674 1,795 1,931
+162 +130 + 53
J ,836 5 6 1.925 5 20~ 1,98+ 5 30:t
l\Iakara Kumbha
1.931 1,795
53 -130
1,8i8 1,665
5 4
37~
Meena
1,674
-162
1,512
4
12
Vrischl~a
-
53
4 4
12 37~
5 13 30% ..:!O~
6
13
160 Pnor to the examination of a horoscope, the rising periods of the signs in the place of nativity should be carefully found out. It is upon the accuracy of this that all astrological calculations must be founded. The figures giving the Asus, additive or subtractive as the case may be, are termed CHARAKHANDA (q~~O's) by Hindu astronomers. For a clearer knowledge of this, vtde Bhaskaracharya's fB~Rfl~rmur:, Ch. VII. SIokas 18-22. In this connection It has to be repeated that the names from Mesha to Meena indicate divisions of 30 degrees commencing always from the EquInoctial POlOt and are therefore trrll"rr (Sayana). But the names from Mesha to Meena used ordlnanly are Nirayana (~rr) and correspond to the Greek names, ArIes, Taurus, etc,
APPENDIX-II SUMMARY. (Prepared by MR. ROBERT DE LUCE.)
CHAPTER I In this chapter the author explaIns the process of erecting the horoscope, that is, of establishIng the zodiacal position of the twelve Bhavas (houses). their mid'poInts and theIr Sandhis (junction.points). The Lagna (mid-point of ihe First Bhava) is determined from the horizon·distance of the Sun. The lHadhya L3gna (mid point of the 10th Bhava) is determtned from the meridian-distance of the Sun. The mid-pomt of the 7th Bhava is 1800 from the Lagoa; a.nd the mld-pomt of the 4th Bhava is l80 0 from the Madhya Lagna_ The mid-points of the intermediate Bhavas are found by trio secting the zodiacal space included between the mid'points of the four angles (Lagna, 10th, 7th ~nd 4th Bhavas). The junction'points, or Sandhis are midway between the mid. points of the adjacent Bhavas. The strength of a planet in a Bhava if posited at the junctionpoini is zero; if posited at the mid-point it is 100%; the strength of intermed~ate positions being calculated by the rule of three. The author in the last sioka enumerates the purposes and occasions for which this type of horoscope is particularly applicable.
CHAPTER II In this chapter the author explains the method of calculating the strength of aspect between planets.
"ft. lit 21
162 CHAPTER III The author explains how to evaluate the various sources of strength of a planet, namely ; Exaltation strength and the strength from cccupying various signs and sub-divisions of signs. These sources of strength are termed Stthanabala, or positional strength. Digbala or dIrectional strength is determined by a planet's relation to the angular houses of the horoscope. There are temporal strength (Kala bala) of various kinds, such as the portion of the nycthemeron (the 24 hours) in which birth occurs, the Moon's age, the planetary rulership of the hour, da.y, month and year. Ayanabala is the strength given to a planet by its decImation. Following the above are given the rules for calculating the planet's Cheshtabala (motIOnal strength): For the five non-luminous planets it IS to be noted that the Sighrochcha of the superIor planets ~1ars. Jupiter and Saturn, is the mean longitude of the Sun, the mean longitude of the supenor planets being their meaD heliocentnc longitude. The Sighrochcha of the inferior planetsMercury and Venus-is the mean helIocentric longitude of each; and the mean longitude of Mercury and Venus is the mean longitude of the Sun_ The Naisarglkabala (natural strength) is a fixed quantity for each planet. In sloka 21 the author explains the method of determining strength of Bhavas or Houses. Aspects of planets to a Bhava are counted to the mid point of a Bhava. CHAPTER IV The author gives two methods for finding the amount of good and evil each planet contributes to the hfe. The first method, given in slokas 2 to 7 inclusive, multiplies the total strength (Shadbah) of a planet by the square root of the product of the planet's Exaltation strength and Cheshta strength to gIve planet's beneficent effect (Ishta). The evIl effect (Kashta) is obtained by substituting in the above formula one minus the "Exaltation " strength and one minus the "Cheshta" Strength. The aspects between planets are substituted in the above formula to obtain their good and evil powers.
163
SUMMARY ~
...........................................
ow
,.."
7'
Beginning with sloka 8 is given a second method of obtaining the good and evil effects of planets upon the nativity. The basis of the second method IS the dignities and debilities planets receive from occupying various signs and sub·diviSlOns of signs. The author states that a planet receives dignities in the following order:
Exaltation Moolatrikona Swakshetra Great Friend Friend
Good 1'00 Rupa '75
'50 '375 '25
"
"
" " The debilities are reckoned
the correspondmg dignity. Exaltation Moolatrikona Swakshetra Great Friend Friend Neutral Enemy Great Enemy Depression
Neutral Enemy Great enemy .. , Depression ,
..
Good Rupa '125 '0625 " '03125 " '0000
"
to be Umty tltJlZltS the value of So the evil effect would be :
1'00 1'00 1'00 1'00 1'00 1'00 1'00 1'00 1'00
1'00 '75 '50 '375 '25 '125 '0625 '03125 '0000
-
-
-
= -
Evil 0 '25 '50 '625 '75 '875 '9375 '96875 1'00000
Without looking any further, a moment's reflection will ShON that the average planet will have about two or three times as much evil as good because there are only two signs of the twelve which give a preponderance of good to any particular planet, and nine signs give a preponderance of evil. Statistics show that people are born fairly evenly in numbers throughout the days, months and years 1U any large section of the population of a country or State. Therefore by the above method the average person would have three times more evil than good III his life. In order to make the method agreeable to reason let the evil decrease from Depression in the same ratio that good decreases
from Exaltation. latter principle:
The f01l0Wlllg is proposed according to tbis
Depression Great Enemy Enemy Neutral Friend Great Friend Swakshetra Moolatrikona Exaltation
...
Evil 1'00 '75 '50 "375 '250 '125 '0625 '03125 0'00000
Proceeding with Sripati's second method the values of the planet's dignities and debili ties in the six remailllng sub·divisions (Vargas)-Hora, Drekkana, Saptamsa, Navamsa, Dwadasamsa and Trimsamsa,-are one half as much as would be reckoned in a Rasi of the same name. Next divide by four the total of the good and the total of the evil for each of the planets. These numbers m separate columns are written under the planet on a llDe marked" Rasl," Beneath, in their order, write one half of the above values in their proper columns for each of the six Vargas, Hora, Drekkana, etc. The result of these operations are called Planets' good and eVil Paoktee. The total good influence of the lord of the Rasi in which a planet is placed is multiplied by the planet's good Panktee to obtam the planet's good "Madhyamaphala." The good influence of the lord of a Rasi is that evaluation by the rules of slokas 8 and 9, LikeWIse the total eVIl influence of the lord of the Rasi in whIch a planet is placed is multiplied by the planet's eVIl Panktee to obtain planet's eVIl Madhyamaphala. The evIl influenclt of the lord of the Rasi is that evaluated by the rules of slokas 8 and 9. The same process is repeated for the six Vargas, using each Varga-lord in turn. Take square root of product of Ishta Shadbala of:Varga-lord and Ishta Shadbala of the planet occupying the Varg1. With this result multiply the planet's good MadhyamaplnIa. The fi 'U1 re3ult is good Spashta.
SUMMARY
165
The Ishta Shadbala of the Varga.-lord and the Ishta Sh3.dblh of the planet occupying the Varga are obtained by the operatton of the rules given in s10kas 2-7 inclusive. Repeat the above operations for each of the rem3.ining six Vargas of each planet. For the evil Spashta substitute in the above formula Kashta Shadbala and evil Madhyamaphala of each of the Vargas of each planet occupying the Varga. The total of the seven good Spashtas of each planet repre3ents the planet's power for good, and the total of the evil Spashtas of each planet represents its power for evil in the life. CHAPTER V The first subject treated is length ot life indicated by the Amsaja method. The basis of the methoi is the years indicated by each planet occupying one of the twelve Navamsas. Each of the twelve Navamsas, starting from Aries counts nominally for a year of life. The number of years obtatned by each planet is increased or diminished according to rules laid down in slokas 2·18 inclUSive, Sloka 19 begins the PlOdwurdaya method olf calculating the length of life. The basis of this method is a speCified number of years for each planet in its exaltation; one half the amount in its depression; and intermediate pamts calculated by the rule-of· three. Certain rules are given for rectifying the result. The Naisargikayurdaya method and the method of Jeeva· sarman are identical with the Pindayurdaya, except for the number of years allotted to a planet in its exaltation point. The Amsaja method is applicable to a horoscope in whIch theAscendant is stronger than the Sun or the Moon. The Pmdaja method is applied when Sun is the strongest. The Naisargikayurdaya is applied when the Moon is the strcngest. And Jeevasarman's method is recommended when the Sun, the Moon and the Ascendant are all weak. Finally, these methods apply only to people who lead temperate and wholesome lives. CHAPTER VI Harmful planetary conditions in a horoscope may hinder or make VOId the length of life promised by the above computations. If such a condition occurs, the doubt may be solved by comparing
166 the strength of the p'anets producing the evil with the strength of the planets which may prevent the eVil. To prevent a promised evil the good of the preventing planet must overw.;igh the evIl influence of the evil planet. If there is equality m power between the two, some eVil will still occur in the lIfe. In the notes IS given the criticism by Kesava Dalvagna showing that Sripati's method is uCitenabIe, and an alternative method is proposed to obviate the difficulty. CHAPTER VII The major periods of pIa netary influence of which the life is composed are called Dasas_ The length of a planet's D:1sa IS the amount the planet contrIbutes to the Ayurdaya. The first Dasa will be ruled by the Lagna III the case of the Amsayurdaya method bemg applicable_ The Sun rules the first Dasa III the Pindayur~ daya process; and the Moon rules the first Dasa in the Nisargayur. daya. The second and following Dasas are ruled by the planets in the Kendras of the first Dasa-ruler. These planets rule m the order of their strength. Planets III the Panaphara position to the first Dasa-lord follow. And those in the Apokhma position come last. The Dasas are divided into Antardasas, which again are subdivided into Vld"Lsits. And these last are finally subdivided into Upadasas. The ruler of the first Antardasa of any Da'J
167
SUMMARY
for the place of birth, us iug the f'phemeris of the year found by the above process. This progressed horoscope IS to be used to judge the effect of the Dasa, or sub·dlvision to be considered. Example: Ta.ke example gIven in notes, page 140 et seq. Before beginning operatIOns note that a siderial solar revolution which is the unit that has been calculated in the Ayurdaya process, consists of 365'256374 days by modern astronomy, and therefore exceeds a common year of the Gre;rorian or Western Calendar by '006374 days, and is less than a leap year by '742626 days, and four solar revolutIOns exceed three common years plus one leap year of calendar by '025496 days. Fmd calendar date and hour of the beginning of Kuja Dasa: Solar revolution" from birth Year of birth
49'6847 (note p. 140)
AD. 1853 49
Year of Kuja Das:l 1902 Between 1853 and 1902 there are elevc:n groups of 4-year,periods, containing each a leap year. 1853+ 11 X 4=1853+44=1897. From 1897 to 19)2 there is no leap year because 1900 IS chosen by the Gregonan calendar to be a common year, the sequence of leap years beglOning again in 1904. In the 44 years the excess of 44 solar revolutIons over the calendar will be 11 X '025496 days='28045 days. The five common years from 1897 to 1901 will lack 5 X '256374=-1'28187 days '28045 days Add lack of 44 calendar years Total excess of 49 solar revolutions (from 1853)-. "56232 days. Convert decimal part of solar revolutions of beginning of Kujadasa (49'6847) into days. '6847 x 365'256=250'0908 1'5623 add total above excess the result gives '6531 of a day=lS hours 40 minutes.
251' 6531 da.ys
168 Date of birth April 30. 1853. Beginning of Kuja Dasa 251 days 49 years. Date of beginning of Kuia Dasa. January 6, 1903, Hour of bit th IS 5-35 A. M. Add 15--40
21-15 Subtract 12-00 gives 9-15 P. M, Therefore by the above calculatIons the beginning of Kuja Dasa is 9-15 P. M. January 6th, 1903 A. D. at bIrth place, 5 hrs, 20 mID. East of Greenwich, It IS therefore easy to set up the progressed horoscope usmg ephemens of 1903 A. D. and Tables of Houses for Latitude 10° 38' N. CHAPTER VIII This chapter is devoted to a resume of the various factors that will enable the astrologer to predict the good or evil that may accur lU the lIfe from the ripening of past Karma, as indIcated by the vanous methods that have been explained in the previous chapters.
N. B.-The Roman and .\rabic numera.ls opposite to each bIola reft..r respectively to the chapter to which it belongs and to Its Dumber therein.
;af(ll) at'i:l.:j'r:l.:j'rqr+J!~ ;af;:o~r~:
;af;:cr~~Tsr'W1r
~6~'l1Tr+~ al~'):z{if ~~~~ ~g~if
ahlRt
atil)~:j'f!~
ati~i1fiil~iT: atnmt~
atiT+"lf: ~n~: ;af~1ar~rlJ~
::J;
VIII, 12 VII, 4 VII, 1 VII, 17 V,29 V,30 III, 7 VII, 15 VIII, :2 V,34 III, 13 VII, 12 V,14 V, 1 V,17 V,35
~iffr
atr~:~r;:rt
at~;ffiJr~q'
atr~ft?iB'r:
~~~~ ~ (3) ~Rr Gf,a~li;a:m ~!i1fi!:;mfif.r, limaT
~!Tt'lia;:~
i( ~
a''t5mr ~~~
~i5~ ur~!i a'e~~
it
.~ 'li~
aft. Ii, 22
V, 3 q (6) ~~Tf'<1ffi~+lrre:~ ,.... "'" q;6firRa*iI) q;((~~F§ti'
q;((eq;{ ~.
q;~sftr ~Q7.Jr: il)r~r
q;:i
iI)
q;Qi!CfiT~liiT~
.
...~r«iTrijr '" ,....
..t, ~r;;o;rr
ffiTr..a-:
ffi~:qte;:~lm+rq.
'"
~
V, 2 II, 4 IV, 9 V,27 V, 6 V,16
(6)
Cf.Qi!CfiTre:qfhlf'El'~T ~iift'lfil)Tiff
alr (5) amrr
(1)
VIII, III, VII, VII, nT, VIII,
10 5 16 11 15
6
(1)
iT (4)
VIII, 11 IV, 1 VII, 28
,..."....
"
II, VII, VII, IV,
1 25 27 13
(I
.....
iifiTiTQf ~
V,33 III, 16
~: ~rli~.rif:
iTrl!l
(4)
V,l1 V, 9
!!Q7.JT !J&r: il~rrt{ it)
trmSf~fd
"" (3) " ~:j'frr<=:
V,24 IV, 3
~!r~7.J~~~ifilT'i{
IV, 4
"" ,.... "CI'!~7.J~lPrQf ~
170 fif;;rl~:
(5)
;;r
~;f~Tti!i~~~ffi
VII, 18
I, 11
;;r;:iu:r~Ol;rai{;:'t;f
~ti!i;;r'tlil"q'G;
~~r~~i!'&:fufa ~ifTS~ sr~Ji
...
""
a~~q'f~ili%q'
a~il~~ alfl~5j
atii~
arenr +ferfa' t'!i~~+<:r: rn~r;a;T:
V,2t III, 12 IV, 6 IV, 11 V,12 VII, 19 II, 3 II, 5 V,22
tlflli f(+/({
VII, 24 ~~T;rf{~ VIII, 5 ~mq-f\'l~gfTar V II, 2J ~!1~~ ifti!iq~ VIII, 7 ~~'!1~T ~~~~ VII, 26 ~r $!l:r
III, 23 II, 2
if(IJ) ,
if~r: ~r
~
af
ifa~.tnilcft~;;ra t
~Clr at ~~
ifer{fiT:
tl
UI, 9 V,28 Ill, 10
I, 1
tlil
VII, 14
VII, 2 VII, 3 tlT~ ~
." . ~
~
6i~r.riil~OT
lII, 1 VIII, 1
Ci'S'SI''firi (5)
+I
~q~a Oijii'il'''iI'M
VI, 1 ~rfG;qaitlffi
~
I, 3
iI";:~
III, 19 ~
(11)
~~+lT!J+I~rrr.=crur~
if~i(;~
I, 9
(oJ)
iI~iffW!JiI"af :
'R'i.ffi
V,10
~~~'f~~~ ifrcr~ q'rfflUr
V,19
srrr;t~\:
V, 7
ifil~|
(9)
tlH'tt qiiif~
(7)
~r.=+I~l{rq:
III, 2 VIII, 9
qrci~~r
~'m'mr~~
~ i{~r
if'Tirol'r
III, 22 III, 18 I, 2
V, 5 ~
IV, 2
olr'tlfriraT:
~p.frflJf~r ~
a (10) a~~T~{~'tI;:lf~T:er.:r:
V,20
VI, 2 VII, 30 III, 17
VII, 23
VII, 20
In ~
.
.:;.
&rm
III, 4
~ ~
IV, 10
it ,;rli
V,37 V,38 VIII, 4
~ {r'jf~rcrr:
~rre;i[
;i[:rrrnt'q:
~ {r~:
i!q.
VII,
'"
~(?i.:;:yfu'i1~~;r~ffi:;:yt
rcrJ$ll"!{ Qlf~:
:Uq~
:miT
5
=:IT
I, 4
V, 8 V, 4 V,31 V, 5 III, 11
(4)
~:;;{~ +i'OI'rn
(3)
n-~ err
""
"'crcrr~i1 ~+lqif
~ ~T
III, 3 III, 21
""
",,,
'"
{F.IT1"<1'{~rRr
IV, 12
~+rr~+{~
VI, 4
~qrCitar:;:yt
IV, 5
~~rif(?itiT
V,15
.
t,1j
'" «i~~~~mi'(r
(9)
q
.....
V,3:3
V,13 I, 6
VII, 8
t,1jli'(r+~~rn:r;;r
;:::;.ij- ~ efr"-T~ <=4'Rr~ " .:;. (l~r~
er
.
~O q l1'Ua~~?nl ~qr q~ra
:a-trOl'q~lfi~~ ~'fit~~rr7{Ta~
~
't:''''
~I+"!{~t!
~rl1(rg~ ;:nra~
~Tifcrr4fi:J?: ~
~~~qT:
VII. VIl, III, VIII, III, VII, If, IV,
23 21
20 8 6 13 6 8
tr (1)
I, 8 IV, 14
III, 8
:a- (8)
~~~q-
(7)
" llTer'f!{G; .:;. q.::{r"a ""
I, 7 V,36 V,18 I, 5 V,26
(1)
q~+nT'iEr
&,~fafcf~aT
V,25
N. B.-The Roman and ArabIc numerals opposite to each refer respectively to the Adhyaya and the Sloka therem in whIch It occurs. Figure enclosed in brackets against any word refers to the page m which the word occurs.
:&t!l~~m ~r~
(76), V.16
VII-9-ll
~!t ....+rr q;'m
(120)
'"'
Ill-)
ati{;:a~O'rn'ili
V-9-1 0
VII.22, 23, 27, '29 VIIr-2-5, 8
~!l~q'ai"r
(68)
~g+f+rI:."1;f+rq;
~!l+n:~+r
(61) (5) ~!q;
~~;ft
<;tr
(148) VI r-G
"1;';:?;~T6"~f;mrfi
~n:r0'~~
(71)
an!fr~+r VIILIO
VII-6
(75)
~r~+r~~f (L25)
~r!fr~qEf
alf~a;Tli
III-5
V-1 ; VII-I8 atr~I;q;
_""V"'.........
......
173 100-
~ ~~ IV~l,
6, 7 ~~~f~Sfi (64) ~~1!f~~~ (63) ~~mr
~
~r.r
V-26-27
If-6 iT
nfOTaTlla~fT~
(74), (76), (107
~
~!i'l
V -2, 3 ~~ii5' IIL2 ~.{T~if IV -2 :a-!ii~ ~~'€I:$f; (5 8) :a-!iiH~l1~ IV-5 :a-c!f~ (134) '3"«a
1-3, IIL9, 10
:a-q'
VIL24; VIII-2, 3 ~q~q:JT VILl, 17, IS
V -12 (41); VII-IS
14
q;Riitn 1II-14 0flR; IIl-21; (154) ~a:~.-r
(41)
~~(49) ~;:!f
VII-8, 9-11; VII1-lO
~;:j{~~
III-5
(48) nfr (136) ~11Jcr;
::,'ff~~-V-ll
n-(77); V-2-3 ;;r;in~;r-( 7 S)
irf {f~r(J~-(SO) ~1JfTq;~ (103) ~ (112) 3l;:~ VlII-12 3l~~r.r~ III-6, 7, S 3l~~Hr~ (IS) 3l~~ 11-2-5 ~~~ TTl -17 ; (111) 'if
'€I:~Q"raTi&T~ (S7), (88), V_
16-17, 24,33.34 "H~I1$rR- (157), 158), (159), (160) '€I:r;:sr
III- 18
174
......
...
{~1iii:'i'l
~IDU~~
IVA - ~11t<1i (78) -:q~ (59) -~IV_5 ~
~Ta<1i<1i+fQ'~fu I-I; VIII-ll
~~~~ V-32; (102) \irilfm:rr~~j;;r (76); V -16, 35 SJ::Q"iTil(?i
III-20
n-6; (19), (55) dr II.?'-5; VII-5 m:J II ~(fi:'i'l V -25 , VIL2 it~rOT III -3; (113) -
'elr~~~q~~ VII-6 l~+Tlmr(?i
..
Ill. 13
'la 1-3, 4,; III-lO
f;§rm~
(29), (109), (113) ~a~iTl (41)
III -9, 10 'tort~ (24), (112), ( 11 3)
iiar
C{
"ff+T~m:
a;~T
VII-I, 8, 9-11, 16, 18, 19, 22 - ij{1i:~T;r;r VII - if.li (114); VII-3, 7, 8, 14, (131) - 'tr~ VII - 24; (126), (133), (134) d,'tC?i- VII-5; (117) +rrilf'tC?i- VlI·4 ~itiTl- VII-S ~rfu- VIl-4
~mli:;r;rT1'fr
( .48) C{T~T:{{ (10 3)
fa:ti\'C?i
f;r~al~ (75)
Tct
VII-9-11, 12-14 #r~o
V-31 ..~~r VII-3
.:,.
"'"
~
""
~
r-..r-
II L 19 ~m<1ir~ V-I ilmif<1i
<-
ormif<1il~~r;r;r
nU:i-B, 21, 23
q
III, 13
~~~qSJ (26), (28),
(93), (104), (135)
V -26-'31,
35;
VII-9-11, 12-14 ~~~rrl?1<{~~~ VII. 12-]4
~1iii:'i'lIII_14
~UT%~+Trmf
(117)
(49),
Q'~
III-Il, 1'2, 16 Q'il~r~q';irm: (117)
-..
...
~-.------
Q'SiI~
(3) qtJ1~ III-5; (125» VIII-lO 'R+lr~~ (75) Q'T
(111)
rqllG~
(76); V-16 fctq~
0
;;;r ;;;rr~'!JtJ1
VI [-:3
+riF-P( VI-2 +rircq~ (11S), (134), (1::6) +rJq' 1-2, 6, 7, 9,10, 11; (154) ~Tct~t~ HUH, 2;; +rfq~;;;;r~ (21) +rfCNE?$ 1.9, 10; (125) +rJq''fi~G;~r
(117); VII-30 +rfC';{qE?$ 1I1-20, 21 +rT<:rm~'Of I-S, 9 +rrqi~ L9; (13) +rT~~r'Tjfr~ (2), (44) ~r~<{
VII-6 +I"
;rrt1f~~
V 1I-2; (120)
I II -14 111-2
;rR:rtfq~
rn'Sl~~ ~~'fi~r
(120) r.;psr~~r'l (104); V-36 ~~~11Jf III-2 ; (27), (28) ~1Si (5) ~~i{ VII-6 'lqi{
VII-2
~t+lT!p+rq~
~Frr:
III.4
(117) (74)
~"rmr~t{ ~)'f~~T
VII-5, 30
,~+r IV-2 ~~+I"~E?$
IV-5 ; (60) ~r~~)'fr: (11 7) ~n~ (23) ~mr~m
VII.4
R'ffiT ~~r
(120) Ri: VI-1-5 R'Z+rW VI-1-5; VIII.5-7 R~~I~ (75), (107) ~
~.;:r
1.4 ; VII.8, 9; VIII-S ~';;~'!ilr VIL8, 9-11 (?ilifq(?i IIV21 ~t;:rT;;:~~~n VII-9.1l
+r~~;;r{
III-IS +r"'~~;i'f 1-5
~.i{~~
+r"<:{T ~r (120)
cmt'n:!T~ (74), (87), (101), (103), ~l1S); Vn-Z6; (148-149)
+r~
(135), (136) +rtr~Q (118)
V-18, 35
fife IlI.3; (79); VIII-7
qoT;r~ (l09), (129),
~:n:iEl'ir
fqi:r+r~'er
III·3 ; VII-22 ~ir~~ IILZ-3 ~a-EI'ir~+rr:g+rm IV-B, 9 ~Rt
fql;l!!~8
~+tlJTr~~f (120)
(131) ; VII
-12-14 .i'~~ III-14 ~r VII-I, 4,
11, 17, 18
(13) VII-2 qM- III-20
'8'r~;Y3:fi[
~
~(r{'olm~~~
'IiT~~~{11t
VII-6
V.22, 23, 33-34
~~fr 1II-3 'lifm~~ IlL 18
(45) '8'TCfif VII -20 f~'i:~ VII-2 f~'i:T;:ij" 1-2 m'i:r;:ij" ffiir+ifot (:d) ~;:r.;:n';r;r
(133)
mW-i III-17 ~+r~T VII.22, 27-:29; VIII 2-5, 8
~rRt",1 (136)
~+rq~
~Tililf~
(68)
~+r+i'i~+i'fi ii
(70) V-36 Wtrrn I-I; (136 ; VIII-II m'ol{
q:g~~
III-2-5 ~tfg~ 1II-I7, 18 ~H!:gm:g+r IV-14 ~~
~ij"
~~~ VII-3 ~~rrr V.24; VII.B
1.8, 9, 10
V II 1-8
III-2 ~
~
~~'ol
~r~rcr'f;
~~~
'" III, 20
~~Cf'IiTiri:'ojr~~qr.;:'1iIr
~t;~~EI' (111)
VI [.6
(112), (113) ~r{r HI-3, (113) ~rn~
INDEX. N. B -The EOrl1o.n o.ud Arable numeml~ Oppoblte to eo.eh refer respectIvely to the Adhyo.ya to whIch It belongs and to the number of the Sloka therein. FIgure enclosed in brackets agamst any word refers to the page the word occurs.
A A BDAPHALA ·V'II-6 ADHAMA DASA (130) ADHIMITRA IU-Z, VIII-7 ADHISATRU III-3 AHARGANA (41), (140), (141), VII -21. AHlTA (111), (112), (113) ALIQUOT PAIUS. VII-16 AMITAYUS (75) AMSAJA AYUS (76), V-16 AMSAYURDAYA (90), (91), (92); V -27,29,30, (lCO),35. AMSAYURDAYA DASAKRAMA VII-9-11 ANANTARATADAKA V-9, 10 ANIMAL KINGDOM (148) ANISHTAPHALA VII-7 ANTARDASA VII-I. 4, 9-11, 15, 16, 18, VIII-6 ANTARDASANATHA (148) ANUVAKRA ('l9) AI'OKLIMA (U5), (131), VlII-lO APOELIMABALA III-5 AI'OI(LIMA DASA (125) APPARITION (123) APl'LlCATION.-of the NlryanaAdhyayar VIII-9 --of Stn Jataka VIII-8 --of Subha and A5ubha to the Dasa periods. VII-Z7-Z9 AIUI.MBI-IA SANDHI (11), (13) ARISHTA.--Adhyaya VI How to deterrnllle--? VI-l·S --durlDg a DD.ba VIlI-5
~l. tf. 23
lt1
whIch
"When Is--to be feared most? VII1-6 vVhen can--bc averted) VIlI-7 ARISHTADHANGA VI-l-5, VIII -5,7 ARITHMETICAL PROGRESSION V-Z-3 AROHAPHALA (13) AROHINI DASA (120) ASHTAKAVAH.GA (148j, VIII-3 --Dasa VII-5 ASPECT.--Benefic and Malefic 1-2; II-1-6, III-ZO, 21 Strength of-- 111-1 ASRAYA GUNAKA V-12 ASS. Llfe-penod of an--. (106 ) ASTA LAGNA 1-4 ASTANGATA (111) ASTANGATAHANI V-22, 34 ASU (157), (158), (159), 160 ASUBHA. Apphcahon of 8ubha and--to the Dasa penods VII -27-29. Spashta--. (72) --Da,a. VII-22, 23, 27, 29; VIII-2, 5, 8 --Madhyamaphala (71) --I'anktce (68) --EablTIl (61) ASWINI (5) ATTY ADHAMA DASA (120) ATTYUTTAMA DASA (120) AUSPICIOUS. When wIll a Da&a prove--? VII-22 AUTPATTIKA (112) AVAROHAPHALA (13)
AVldWHINI DASA (120) AY.\NADALA III-IS, 16, (45), (47), AYANAJ'.IS,\ (3), (6), (7), (25), (46), IV-3. AYURDAYA V-I, VII-S DIfferent kinds of--. (74), (75), (76) Amlta-. (7+), (75) Amsa]a-, (76), V -16 ApplIcallOn of Chakrapatardhaham to the four-so V-13-1G To "hem the-s treated III Adhyd.ya V apply' V-37, 38 -AdlJyaya V AYUSHI\:ALAS of Planets. V-12
B llADAII.A YANA VII-2 DALAIiHADRA (33) Bl-IANGAKARA VI-2 IlHASEARACHAIWA (2), (44) DHATTOTPAL.\ (118), (134), (136"), DHAVA 1-2,6,7,9,10,11, (15-1) DHA VADALA III-ZO, 21 DHAVA DIGBALA III-2J,23 DI-IAVA DRIGB,\LA (21) DI-IAVAMSA 1--9, (13) DHAVAPI-IAL\ I-D, 10, (l25) BHAVAI'HALA D,\SA (117), VII -30. BHAVJ\ SANDHI 1-8, <) BHO]ANA VII-6 BHU]A (46) BIRTH 1-11 BUFFALO Llfe-penod of a - , (106)
BULL.
Llfe-penod of a - -
(106).
C CADENT I-lOUSE (125). CAMEL. Llfe-penod of a--. (106)
CHAl{RAl',\TARDHAHANI (87), (88), V-16, 17; 24, 33-34.
Its applLcat,on to the four Ajl1ldayas-Am"a, l'mda, NI;aJga and Jcevasarman--. V-13-16 The rule regardlDg-whcl1 more than one planet are III one and the same Rasl. V-24 Sage Devala's vIew WIth reference to-. V-25 CHANDEA YOCAS (117) CHARAKHANDAS (157-160) CHESHTABALA. III-IS. CHESHTA GUNAKA V-2,3. CHESHTAKENDEA III-IS, (49) . (50) . IV-3. 4. CHESI-ITAH.ASMI IV-4 --Chakra. (59) -Gunaka (78) --Phala IV-5 CHESHTA RAYS IV-4 COMMENCEMENT OF A DAS;\. VII-19, 20, 22 CONCLUSION VIII-J I CONDITION The dlfferent-" under whIch the three dlHcrcnt Ayurdaya8 above-named obiam. V-29 CONJUNCTION WITH THE SUN
v-s COIWNATION
1-11.
D DAMODARA (103) DASA VII-J, 8, 9-11, 16. 18,19. 22 Apphcallon of Subha and Asubha io--pcnod". VII-27·:Y. llllavaplJaln-- VIl-4 DII 1510ns o f - VIl-l DnshlJphala--VII-5. (117) Good to be el>.penenced In a--. VII-23,24 Moon's miluence on mental states durmg a--. VII-26. Order of--s VII-I, 12-14. Rasi--. VII-4
179
INDEX Subd,VIs,on of a - - VII- 1 \Vhcn v'l11 a--prove auspiclOUS and when not--) VU-22 Yoga--. VII-5 D \SADHYAYA VII DASADHYAYEE (143) DASAKR \'lVIA (114), VII-3, 7, 8. 1+. (111). DA.SAN.HHA VU-2·f, (12<:;), (133). (134)
F FEMININE PL.\NETS III-5 FRIEND'S HOUSE. III-Z, 3 FRIENDLY Very--hol15e IIT -3,3
G GANITAG \. T.\. .\ YTmnA YA
(7-1),
(76), (107)
D.\Y, Strength of the-lord. IlI-14 DECLINATION III-IS DEVALA, V-25; VII-:2 DH.\TUSWARUPADHEDA VII -6. DIGBALA III-6-::!, 21, 23 DINAPA13ALA III-H DINARATRITRInHAGA13ALA. III-13
DIRECTIONAL STRENGTH III -1
DIWAKARA DAIVAGNA (26), (28), (49), (93), (101), (135) DOG LIfe-penod of a--. (lOG) DREKKANA. III-3, (113) --bala. III-5 DRIGRALA II-G, (19), (55) DEISI-ITl II-2-5. VII-5 DRISHTIPHALA DASA VIr-5, 30 Dln~HTIS'\DfHNADHYAYA.
DWAD.\SAMSA
II
HI-3, (113)
(41) DWITRYADIGIt1}.HA YOGA (117) DWAPAT{>\'Y(JCA
E ECLIPSE V-22,23 ELEPHANT. Llfc-pcnod of an - . (leG) EQUATOR Rl~lUg pcnoJs at the - . 1-5, (8), (158), (159). EQUINOCTIAL POINT. (6), (45) EVIL. IV-I, 6, VIII·-8 --io be expenenced In n. Dasa.
VII-23,24
EXALTATION STRENGTH. III-2
G/I.RGA (136). GATIBALAS (·}8) GLUTTONY V-38. GNOMONIC SHADOW 1-2 GOOD IV-I, G; VIII--8 --to be e,pcllcnced 111 a Dasa. VII-23, 24 --111Auellce of the plar.ets 111 the s(!veral Vargas. IV-S·9 GRAHA DIGBALA III-6, 7, 8 GRAHA DRIGBALA (lS) GRAHA DRISHTI II-3-5 GRAHA YUDDII \ III-J7, (I1Il GRANTTHA VIU-12 GRIHA (112) GUN AKA Uchcha--(77), V-3, :3 Asraya--V-ll Che~hta-','-2,
3
C1)c~h:a Ra~ml--
Horadltara-I(annayo(~yn.~-.
(78)
(80)
V-l ~
Sphuta--. V-2, 3 Uchcharasrm-- (7S.) GUNAKAEA (103).
H HERMAPHRODITE PL\NETS. III-5 HITA (112), (113) BORA III-3, (42), (113) HORADI VARGA DASA VII-5 HORAPAB.\LA III--H HORAPI-IALA V--l HORARA TNA (33)
HORSE. Llfe.period of a - (105) HOUR Strength for the-lord III-I 4
HUMAN SIGN. III-21, 33. HUMAN BEINGS. Llfo panod of (IOG).
I INIMICAL I-roUSE III-3 ISHTA IV-I, G lSI-ITA DRIGBALA (63) ISHTA SAPTAVARGAJA DALA (G6) ISHTA SHADDALA. (63)
KSHEPA.
II-5.
L LAGNA I-4, VII-S, 9, VIII-R. Redllclton m tho Ayns dno lo the presonce of a malefic phnf'l m
t11o- V-26,27. -baht III-21 -Dasa VII-S, 9·11 LAGNANTARDASAS VII-9-11 LAGNAYUS V-IS, 35 LIFE·PERIOD,-of men ancl other
J
1YI
JATAKAKARMAPADDHATI II, VIII-ll JEEVASARMAN V-32; (102) - ' s Ayurdaya (76); V-16, 35. JNEJYADRIGBALA. III-20 JOURNEY 1-11 JUPITER VII-S
MADHYA DASA (l'W) '11ADHYA GRAT-LA III-IS MADHYA LAGNA I-5 MAHABHUTAS (118) :MAITHUNA VII-G, MAN. Llfe-penod of a - . (lOG) MANDAGATI (49) MANDATARA (49) MANITTHA VII-2, (120) MALEFIC PLANET. Reduchon of Ayus clue to the presence of n. - i n the Lagna, V-26, 27
K KALABALA III-S, 9, 10, 11, 12, l3, 14. KALAHORA.. III-14 KALIYUGA 41, VII-IS K·\.LP A (139) KALYANAVARMAN (103) KARMA YOGYA GUN.\'KI\. V-12 KASHTA IV-], G KASHTA DRIGDALA (63) KASHTA SAPTAVARGAJADALA (66) KASHTA SHADRALA (63) KEETA III-21 , (5+) KENDRA VII-8, 9·11, VIII-lO KENDRADIBALA III-5 KESAVA (17), (33), (13Gi) KETAKAR (49) KRANTI III-IS KRITAYUGA (41) KRURODAYA HARANA V-26, 27
MARRIAGE 1-11 MASAPABALA IU-14 MASCULINE PLANETS III-5. MAYA (135), (136) MEAN PLANET III-l7 MEAN SUN VII-8 MERIDIAN DISTANCE 1-3 MESHA (5) MISRAPI-IALA (120) MISRAYURDAYA (ID<}) MITRAKSHETRA IU-2 MOOLATRmONA IH-2, (27), (28) MOON VII-S, 23, 24, 25, 26; VIII-8 - ' s Cheshtakcndra IV-3 -'slDASA (125)
181
INDEX - - ''s influence on mental states dUrIng a Dasa VII-26. MOTIONAL STRENGTH III-I, IS MUTUAL RELATIONS OF PLI\. NETS UI-3.
N NABHASA YOGAS (117) NAISARGIKA AYURDAYA V26·31, 35; VII-9-11, 12-14. NAISARGIKA AYURDAYA DASAKRAMA VII-I2-14 NAISARGIKA AYUS V-I NAISARGIKA BALA III-19 NAISARGTKA DASA VII-3 NATA 1-3,4; III-I0 NATONNATA BALA III-9-10 NATURAL STRENGTH III-I, 19 NAVAMSA (24), III-f, (112), (11'l )
NEELAKANTA V-31 NEUTRAL'S HOUSE III-2 NIRYANA VIII-9 NIHYANADHYAYA VIII-9 NISARGA. See under' NaIsargIka.' NISARGAJA V-I, 16 NISARGAYURDAY:\ V-26-3I, 35; VII-9-11, 12-14 NIYATA AYUS (75).
o OWN HOUSE. TII-2 ORDER OF DASb,.S. VII-I, 8, 1'2-14.
p PAI\:A VII-2 PAKSHA BALA III-ll, 12, 16 PANAPHARA III-5, (125), VUI-IO PANCHAMAHAPURUSHA YOGAS (117). PANCHANGAM (3), (50) PAPATVA (111)
PARAMA AYU':; (75) PARASARA (11), (33), (39), (4S) (48), (59) PINDAJA (76), V-16 PINDAYURDAYA V-19-22, 26, 27, 29-31, 33-35 PINDAYURDAYA DASAKRA.MA VII-12-14 PL il.NETS MLltual Relations of - . (29) POSITIONAL STRENGTH III-I PRANGNATA 1-3.4 PRATYANGNATA 1-3, 4 PRECEDENCE VII-S
Q QUADRUPED SIGN. Strength due to positIon in a - . III -21, 22.
R RAJA YOGAS (117) HASI (23) --Dasa VU-4 HASMI IV-2 RASMIPHALA IV-5. (60) REDUCTION.--in Ayurdaya dne to the pre~ence of a malefic In the Lagna V -26, 27 mKTA DASA (120) HISI-ITA. How to determine-? VI-loS mSHTAI3HANGA VI-I-5; VIII -5-7 mSHTAKARA VI-2-5; VIII5-7 mSHTAJA AYUS (75), (107) mSING (123) mSmG PERIODS 1-4. (8) mSING SIGN. I-4
I
s
SALARY (91), (92) SAML\.'S HOUSE. III-2 SAJ\TAGAMA (+9). SAMPURNA DASA (120)
182 SANDHI 1-3, 9, (11) (13) SAPTAl\ISA (23), (27) SAPTAVARGA III-3, (23), (24), VII-22 SAPTAVARGAJADALA UI-2. 3, (24), (27) SAPTAVARGA SUBHASUDHA PHALli. IV-8-9 S.'\RIRA DH.\TU SWAR8P.\ BHEDA VII-6 SATRU'S HOUSE UI-3 SATRUKSHETRA HARANA V -:]2, 23, 33-34 SATRUTVA (111) SATURN-S DASA (125) SATYACHARYA V-24 SATYAMUNI VII-3 SAUMYATVA (111) SAVANA VII-ZO, (141) SAYANAGRAHA (45) SHADBALA III-20 SHEEP Llfe-penod of a - . (106) SIDDHANTAS 1-2 SIDDHANTA SIROMAN1 (2) SIDDHASENA VII-2 SIGHRA KENDRA III-18, (49) SIGHROCHCHA III-17 SIGNS. Strength o f - III-ZI, 22 SOLAR CONJUNCTION (123) SPASHTA ASUBHA (72) SPASHTA GRAHA III-17,18 SPASHTA SUImA (72) SPHUTA GUNAKA V-3 SRIDHARA V-36 SRIPAT1 I-I, (26), (104), 110), (136), VIII-ll STRENGTH 1-2 - o f the lords of the year, month, Day and Hour. III-l4. - o f the several sIgns, 1II-!Zl, 22 STRIJATAKA. VIII-8 STTHANABALA III-5.
SUB-DIVISIONS OF A DASA. VII-1 SUDHA DASA VU-22. 27-29; VIII-2·5, 8 SUBHA MADHY'\MA PHALA (70) SUDT-IA PANKTEE (GS) SUBODHINI (136) SUCCEDENT HOUSE (125). (131) SUN 1-3. VII-8 - ' s Cheshtakendra IV-3. - ' s Dasa, VII-8 SUNDARAMISRA (133) SWAKSHETRA III-2.
T TANTRA (142) T ATKALIKA MAITRI CHArm AM (24). TEMPORAL STRENGTH III-l, 8·14. TIGER, Llfe-penod of a - . (lOG). TONSURE 1-11 TRETAYUGA (41). TRIBHAGABALA. III-13 TR1MSAMSA. (29), (109), (113) TRUE PLANET. III-17.
U UCHCHABALA III-2, (59). UCHCHAGUNAKA V-Z, 3 UCHCHAIC-\SM1 rV-2, (58) UCHCHARASM1 CHAKRA (58) UCHCHARASMI GUNAKA (78) UCHCHARASM1 PHALA 1V---5 UNNATA 1-3,4; III-9, 10; (130) UPACHAYA VII-24; VIII-2,3 UPADASA VII-I, 17, 18 UTPALA (136).
V VARAHAMIHIRA (74), (87), (101). (103), (118); (133), (136) VII-26, (148). (149) VARAPABALA (42)
183
iNDEX VA1{GA III-3, (79), VIlI-7 V,\lWABALAS (109), (139) ,VII -12-14, (131). VARGOTTAMA V-4 VARSHAPABALA III-14 VEERYA III-20 VERSE VIII-12 VERY FRIENDLY HOUSE 1II-2 VIDASA VII-I,4, 11, 17, 18 VI KALA (49) VIRAMA SANDHI (11), (13) VIRUPAS (20), (49) VISHNUGUPTA VII-2 VOW 1-11.
w WO:'\L\'N'~
WOH.LD.
HOROSCOPE VIII-8 E"1t from the-. VIII
-9
y YAVANA VII-2 YOGA. (117) YOGA]A AYUS (7-1) YOGA DASA VII-5, 30 YUGMAYUGMABALA III-4
Z ZODIACAL SIGNS
(154).
184
mtiffil:f;a:fu:
ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THIS BOOK tS
""
Gh. p. Pp. Vigh.
Ghatikas page pages Vighatikas
~
~'if
~
~~
'ij'.
'ij'~
'tt
'if;:${
'ifr. QT.
'ifH'(
i
il;l
t. ;;rr.
Gl&:~ 3(T(f
t
d~
rcr.
~'ij'rm
~
~~
~
g~
~
~I;l ClZ
""
ERRATA ~~
PAGE
61
LINtt
FOlt
READ
3
Chesharasmi
Cheshtarasmi
;rr~~1
;r~1I ~o 1/
iSrq~r
..... 'It rqsrcr~r
[from bottom]
89
5 [from bottom]
156
2
G5
"'"
